Apple E2422B Smart Cellular Phone User Manual A1349 UG
Apple Inc. Smart Cellular Phone A1349 UG
  
    Apple   >  
Contents
A1349 User Manual

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
iPhone
User Guide
For iOS 4.2.5 Software

Contents
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
9  Chapter 1:  iPhone at a Glance
9  iPhone Overview
11   Buttons
13   iPhone Apps
16  Status Icons
19  Chapter 2:  Getting Started
19  Viewing the User Guide on iPhone
19  What You Need
20  Installing the SIM Card
20  Activating iPhone
21  Setting Up iPhone
21  Disconnecting iPhone from Your Computer
22  Connecting to the Internet
25  Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts
29  Chapter 3:  Basics
29  Using Apps
33  Customizing the Home Screen
36  Typing
45  Printing
47  Searching
48  Voice Control
50  Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic
51  Bluetooth Devices
52  Battery
53  Security Features
55  Cleaning iPhone
55  Restarting or Resetting iPhone
56  Chapter 4:  Syncing and File Sharing
56  About Syncing
56  Syncing Accounts
56  Syncing with iTunes
2

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
58  iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes
61  Automatic iTunes Syncing
61  Manually Managing Content
62  Transferring Purchased Content to Another Computer
62  File Sharing
64  Chapter 5:  Phone
64  Phone Calls
72  Visual Voicemail
74  Contacts
74  Favorites
74  Call Forwarding, Call Waiting, and Caller ID
76  Ringtones and the Ring/Silent Switch 
77  International Calls
79  Chapter 6:  Mail
79  Setting Up Email Accounts
79  Checking and Reading Email
82  Using Links and Detected Data
83  Viewing Attachments
84  Printing Messages and Attachments
84  Sending Email
86  Organizing Email
87  Searching Email
89  Chapter 7:  Safari
89  Viewing Webpages
92  Searching
92  Printing Webpages, PDFs, and Other Documents
93  Bookmarks
94  Web Clips
95  Chapter 8:  iPod
95  Getting Music, Videos, and More
95  Music and Other Audio
104  Videos
108  Setting a Sleep Timer
108  Changing the Browse Buttons
11 0   Chapter 9:  Messages
11 0   Sending and Receiving Messages
11 2   Searching Messages
11 2   Sharing Photos and Videos
11 3   Sending Voice Memos
3
Contents

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
11 3   Editing Conversations
11 3   Using Contact Information and Links
11 4   Managing Previews and Alerts
11 5   Chapter 10:  Calendar
11 5   About Calendar
11 5   Syncing Calendars
11 6   Viewing Your Calendars
11 7   Searching Calendars
11 7   Adding and Updating Events on iPhone
11 8   Responding to Meeting Invitations
120  Subscribing to Calendars
120  Importing Calendar Files from Mail
120  Alerts
121   Chapter 11:  Photos
121   About Photos
121   Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer
12 2   Viewing Photos and Videos
124  Deleting Photos and Videos
124  Slideshows
124  Viewing Photos, Videos, and Slideshows on a TV
125  Sharing Photos and Videos
12 7   Printing Photos
12 7   Assigning a Photo to a Contact
128  Wallpaper
129  Chapter 12:  Camera
129  About Camera
130  Taking Photos and Recording Videos
131   Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos
132   Trimming Videos
132   Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer
133   Chapter 13:  YouTube
133   Finding and Viewing Videos
134  Controlling Video Playback
135   Managing Videos
13 6   Getting More Information
13 6   Using YouTube Account Features
137   Changing the Browse Buttons
13 8   Sending Videos to YouTube
4Contents

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
13 9   Chapter 14:  Stocks
13 9   Viewing Stock Quotes
140  Getting More Information
141  Chapter 15:  Maps
141  Finding and Viewing Locations
146  Getting Directions
147  s
148  Finding and Contacting Businesses
149  Sharing Location Information
149  Bookmarking Locations
150  Chapter 16:  Weather
150  Viewing Weather Summaries
151  Getting More Weather Information
152  Chapter 17:  Notes
152  About Notes
152  Syncing Notes
152  Writing and Reading Notes
154  Searching Notes
154  Emailing Notes
155  Chapter 18:  Clock
155  World Clocks
155  Alarms
156  Stopwatch
156  Timer
158  Chapter 19:  Calculator
158  Using the Calculator
158  Standard Memory Functions
159  s
161  Chapter 20:  Compass
161  Getting Compass Readings
162  Compass and Maps
164  Chapter 21:  Voice Memos
164  Recording Voice Memos
165  Listening to Voice Memos
166  Managing Voice Memos
166  Trimming Voice Memos
167  Sharing Voice Memos
5
Contents

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
167  Syncing Voice Memos
169  Chapter 22:  iTunes Store
169  About the iTunes Store
170  Finding Music, Videos, and More
171   Following Artists and Friends
172   Purchasing Ringtones
173   Purchasing Music or Audiobooks
174  Purchasing or Renting Videos
175  Streaming or Downloading Podcasts
175  Checking Download Status
176   Syncing Purchased Content
176   Changing the Browse Buttons
177   Viewing Account Information
177   Verifying Downloads
178   Chapter 23:  App Store
178   About the App Store
178   Browsing and Searching
180  Info Screen
181  Downloading Apps
181  Deleting Apps
182  Writing Reviews
183  Updating Apps
183  Syncing Purchased Apps
184  Chapter 24:  Game Center
184  About Game Center
184  Setting Up Game Center
185  Games
189  Friends
191   Your Status and Account Information
193  Chapter 25:  Settings
193  Airplane Mode
194  Wi-Fi
195  VPN
195  Personal Hotspot
195  s
196  Carrier
196  Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch
197  Brightness
197  Wallpaper
6Contents

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
197  General
208  Mail, Contacts, Calendars
212  Phone
214  Safari
215  Messages
216  iPod
217  Photos
218  Notes
218  Store
218  Nike + iPod
219  Chapter 26:  Contacts
219  About Contacts
219  Adding Contacts
220  Searching Contacts
221  Managing Contacts on iPhone
222  Using Contact Information
223  s
225  Chapter 27:  Nike + iPod
225  Activating Nike + iPod
226  Linking a Sensor
226  Working Out with Nike + iPod
226  Sending Workouts to Nikeplus.com
227  Calibrating Nike + iPod
227  Nike + iPod Settings
229  Chapter 28:  iBooks
229  About iBooks
230  Syncing Books and PDFs
230  Using the iBookstore
231  Reading Books
232  Reading PDFs
232  Changing a Book’s Appearance
233  Searching Books and PDFs
233  d
233  Having a Book Read to You
233  Printing or Emailing a PDF
234  Organizing the Bookshelf
234  Bookmark and Note Syncing
235  Chapter 29:  Accessibility
235  Universal Access Features
7
Contents

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
236  VoiceOver
249  Zoom
250  Large Text
250  White on Black
250  Mono Audio
250  Speak Auto-text
251  Triple-Click Home
251  Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features
253  Appendix A:  Support and Other Information
253  Apple iPhone Support Site
253  Restarting and Resetting iPhone
253  Backing Up iPhone
255  Updating and Restoring iPhone Software
256  Safety, Software, and Service Information
257  Using iPhone in an Enterprise Environment
258  Using iPhone with Other Carriers
258  Disposal and Recycling Information
259  Apple and the Environment
259  iPhone Operating Temperature
261  Index
8Contents

iPhone at a Glance 1
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
iPhone Overview
iPhone 4
+,2#$
".*
"' "%',
+/",!
()
&"*()!('
(%-&
-,,('+
))%,"'
"+)%1
)$*
(&2-,,('
*(',&*
"'&*
%+!
2*2,*1
&(%('%1
($
('',(*
'
%)$
(,,(&
&"*()!('
))"('+
,,-+2*
9

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
iPhone 3GS
+,#$
".*
"' "%',
+/",! &*
*,*1
(%-&
-,,('+
(-!+*'
)$*
($
('',(*
(&-,,('
'
%)$
"*()!('
))"('+
,,-+*
and whether you have rearranged its icons.
Accessories
The following accessories are included with iPhone:
/#+/..%#3/13/!",%
00,%!10(/.%2
6)3(%-/3%!.$)#
%*%#33//,
0/6%1!$!03%1
Note:  The SIM eject tool is not included in all countries or regions.
10 Chapter 1    iPhone at a Glance

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Item What you can do with it
Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic Listen to music, videos, and phone calls. Use 
the built-in microphone to talk. Press the center 
button to answer or end a call. When listening to 
iPod, press the button to play or pause a song, 
or press twice quickly to skip to the next track. 
Use the + and – buttons to adjust the volume 
(iPhone 3GS or later). Press and hold the center 
button to use Voice Control (iPhone 3GS or later).
Dock Connector to USB Cable Use the cable to connect iPhone to your 
computer to sync and charge. The cable can be 
used with the optional dock or plugged directly 
into iPhone.
USB power adapter Connect the power adapter to iPhone using 
the included cable, then plug it into a standard 
power outlet to charge iPhone.
SIM eject tool (not included in all countries or 
regions)
Eject the SIM card tray.
Buttons
switch between ring and silent modes.
.?,%%0!+%544/.
the battery. 
When iPhone is locked, nothing happens if you touch the screen. iPhone can still 
receive calls, text messages, and other updates. You can also:
listen to music
 
adjust the volume using the buttons on the side of iPhone (or on the iPhone  
earphones) while you’re on a phone call or listening to music
use the center button on iPhone earphones to answer or end a call, or to control  
audio playback (see “Controlling Audio Playback” on page 96)
By default, iPhone locks if you don’t touch the screen for a minute.
.&&,%%0
!+%"433/.
11
Chapter 1    iPhone at a Glance

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Lock iPhone 
Unlock iPhone Press the Home  
Wake button, then drag the slider.
52.)(/.%#/-0,%4%,9/? 
a few seconds until the red slider appears, then 
go straight to voicemail.
Turn iPhone on 
until the Apple logo appears.
For information about changing how long before iPhone locks, see “Auto-Lock” on 
page 201. For information about setting iPhone to require a passcode to unlock it, see 
“Passcode Lock” on page 201.
Home Button
Press the Home   button at any time to go to the Home screen, which contains your 
iPhone apps. Tap any app icon to get started. To see apps you’ve recently used, double-
click the Home button (iPhone 3GS or later). See “Opening and Switching Apps” on 
page 29.
Volume Buttons
When you’re on the phone or listening to songs, movies, or other media, the buttons 
on the side of iPhone adjust the audio volume. Otherwise, the buttons control the 
WARNING:  For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important 
Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone. 
To adjust the volume, use the buttons on the side of iPhone.
/,4-%
40
/,4-%
$/6.
To set a volume limit for music and videos on iPhone, see “Music” on page 216.
12 Chapter 1    iPhone at a Glance

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Ring/Silent Switch
Flip the Ring/Silent switch to put iPhone in ring   mode or silent   mode.
).'
),%.3
In ring mode, iPhone plays all sounds. In silent mode, iPhone doesn’t ring or play alerts 
Important:  Clock alarms, audio apps such as iPod, and many games still play sounds 
through the built-in speaker when iPhone is in silent mode.
By default, when you get a call, iPhone vibrates whether it’s in ring mode or silent 
Wake button or one of the volume buttons. Press a second time to send the call to 
voicemail.
For information about changing sound and vibrate settings, see “Sounds and the Ring/
Silent Switch” on page 196.
iPhone Apps
The apps in the following table are included with iPhone.
Note:  App functionality and availability may vary, depending on the country or region 
where you purchase and use iPhone.
13
Chapter 1    iPhone at a Glance

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Phone
Make calls, with quick access to recent callers, favorites, and all your contacts. Dial 
manually using the numeric keypad. Or just use voice dialing. Visual voicemail presents 
a list of your voicemail messages—just tap to listen to any message, in any order. Make 
FaceTime video calls to other iPhone 4 or iPod touch (4th generation) users over Wi-Fi. 
See Chapter 5,“Phone,” on page 64.
Mail
iPhone works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular email 
systems—including Yahoo!, Google, and AOL—as well as most industry-standard POP3 
and IMAP email systems. View and print PDFs and other attachments. Save attached 
photos and graphics to your Camera Roll album. See Chapter 6, “Mail,” on page 79.
Safari
Browse websites over a cellular data network or over Wi-Fi. Rotate iPhone sideways 
webpage column to the iPhone screen for easy reading. Open multiple pages. Sync 
bookmarks with Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on your computer. Add Safari web 
clips to the Home screen for fast access to favorite websites. Save images from websites 
to your Photo Library. Print webpages, PDFs, and other documents that open in Quick 
Look. See Chapter 7,“Safari,” on page 89.
iPod
Listen to your songs, audiobooks, and podcasts. Create playlists, or use Genius to create 
playlists for you. Listen to Genius Mixes of songs from your library. Watch movies and 
video podcasts in widescreen. Use AirPlay to stream your music or videos wirelessly to 
an Apple TV or compatible audio system. See Chapter 8, “iPod,” on page 95.
Messages
Send and receive SMS text messages. View a list of your previous conversations, and 
tap a conversation to see the messages you sent and received. Send photos, video 
clips (iPhone 3GS or later), contact information, and voice memos to MMS devices. See 
Chapter 9, “Messages,” on page 110.
Calendar
View and search your MobileMe, iCal, Microsoft Entourage, Microsoft Outlook, or 
Microsoft Exchange calendars. Enter events on iPhone and they sync back to the 
calendar on your computer. Subscribe to calendars. See the birthdays you’ve entered 
in Contacts. Set alerts to remind you of events, appointments, and deadlines. See 
Chapter 10, “Calendar,” on page 115.
Photos
View photos and videos you take with iPhone, save them from Mail or MMS messages, 
or sync them from your computer. View videos (iPhone 3GS or later) in portrait or 
landscape orientation. Zoom in on photos for a closer look, or print them. Watch a 
slideshow. Email photos and videos, send them in MMS messages, or publish them to a 
MobileMe gallery. Assign images to contacts, and use them as wallpaper. View photos 
by place, and if you sync with iPhoto 8.0 (part of iLife ‘09) or later, view photos by 
events and faces. See Chapter 11,“Photos,” on page 121.
14 Chapter 1    iPhone at a Glance

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Camera
Take photos, and record videos (iPhone 3GS or later). View them on iPhone, email them, 
send them in an MMS message, or upload them to your computer. Tap to focus on a 
Take a friend’s picture and set iPhone to display it when that person calls you. See 
Chapter 12,“Camera,” on page 129.
YouTube
Play videos from YouTube’s online collection. Search for any video, or browse featured, 
most viewed, most recently updated, and top-rated videos. Set up and log in to your 
YouTube account—then rate videos, sync your favorites, view subscriptions, and more. 
Use AirPlay to stream YouTube videos to an Apple TV. Upload your own videos taken 
with iPhone. See Chapter 13, “YouTube,” on page 133.
Stocks
Watch your favorite stocks, updated automatically from the Internet. View company 
news and current trading information, such as opening or average price, trading 
volume, or market capitalization. Rotate iPhone to see detailed charts in landscape 
to see a range between points. See Chapter 14, “Stocks,” on page 139.
Maps
See a street map, satellite view, or hybrid view of locations around the world. Zoom 
in for a closer look, or check out the Google Street View. Find and track your current 
(approximate) location. See which way you’re facing (iPhone 3GS or later, using its built-
in compass). Get detailed driving, public transit, or walking directions and see current 
Chapter 15, “Maps,” on page 141.
Weather
Get current weather conditions and a six-day forecast. Add your favorite cities for a 
quick weather report anytime. See Chapter 16, “Weather,” on page 150.
Notes
Jot notes on the go—reminders, grocery lists, brilliant ideas. Send them in email. Sync 
notes to Mail on your Mac, or Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express on your PC. Sync 
notes over the air (iPhone 3GS or later) with your MobileMe, Google, Yahoo!, or IMAP 
accounts. See Chapter 17, “Notes,” on page 152.
Clock
In the Utilities folder. View the time in cities around the world—create clocks for your 
favorites. Set one or more alarms. Use the stopwatch, or set a countdown timer. See 
Chapter 18, “Clock,” on page 155.
Calculator
In the Utilities folder. Add, subtract, multiply, and divide. Rotate iPhone sideways to use 
19, “Calculator,” on page 158.
15
Chapter 1    iPhone at a Glance

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Compass
In the Utilities folder. Use the built-in digital compass (iPhone 3GS or later) to 
determine your heading. Get your current coordinates. Choose between true north and 
magnetic north. See Chapter 20,“Compass,” on page 161.
Voice 
Memos
In the Utilities folder. Record voice memos on iPhone. Play them back on iPhone 
or sync them with iTunes to listen to voice memos on your computer. Attach voice 
memos to email or MMS messages. See Chapter 21, “Voice Memos,” on page 164.
iTunes
Search the iTunes Store for music, movies, TV shows, audiobooks, and more. Browse, 
preview, and download new releases, or see what’s popular in the top charts. Rent 
movies and TV shows to view on iPhone. Stream and download podcasts. Follow your 
See Chapter 22, “iTunes Store,” on page 169.
App Store
Search the App Store for iPhone apps you can purchase or download using your Wi-Fi 
or cellular data network connection. Read reviews or write your own reviews for your 
favorite apps. Download and install the app on your Home screen. See Chapter 23, “App 
Store,” on page 178.
Game 
Center
Discover new games and share your game experiences with friends around the world 
(iPhone 3GS or later). Invite a friend, or request a match with other worthy opponents. 
Check player rankings on the leaderboards. Earn achievements for extras points. See 
Chapter 24, “Game Center,” on page 184.
Settings
Set up accounts and adjust all iPhone settings in one convenient place. Set your own 
volume limit for listening comfort. Set your ringtone, wallpaper, screen brightness, and 
settings for network, phone, mail, web, music, video, photos, and more. Use Location 
Services settings to set location privacy options for Maps, Camera, Compass, and 
applicable third-party apps. Set auto-lock and a passcode for security. Restrict access 
to explicit iTunes content and certain apps. Reset iPhone. See Chapter 25, “Settings,” on 
page 193.
Contacts
Get contact information synced from MobileMe, Mac OS X Address Book, Yahoo! 
Address Book, Google Contacts, Windows Address Book (Outlook Express), Microsoft 
Outlook, or Microsoft Exchange. Search, add, change, or delete contacts, which get 
synced back to your computer. See Chapter 26, “Contacts,” on page 219.
Nike + iPod
Nike + iPod (which appears when you activate it in Settings) turns iPhone into a 
workout companion. Track your pace, time, and distance from one workout to the next, 
and choose a song to power through your routine. (iPhone 3GS or later. Requires select 
Nike shoes and a Nike + iPod Sensor, sold separately.) See Chapter 27, “Nike + iPod,” on 
page 225.
iBooks
Download the free iBooks app from the App Store for a great way to buy and read 
books. Get everything from classics to best sellers from the built-in iBookstore. 
Add ePub books and PDFs to your bookshelf using iTunes. Print PDFs. See 
Chapter 28, “iBooks,” on page 229.
Status Icons
The icons in the status bar at the top of the screen give information about iPhone:
16 Chapter 1    iPhone at a Glance

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Status icon What it means
Cell signal* Shows whether you’re in range of the 
cellular network and can make and receive 
calls. The more bars, the stronger the 
signal. If there’s no signal, the bars are 
replaced with “No service.”
Airplane mode Shows that airplane mode is on—you 
cannot use the phone, access the Internet, 
or use Bluetooth® devices. Non-wireless 
features are available. See “Airplane 
Mode” on page 193.
3G Shows that your carrier’s 3G (GSM models) 
or EV-DO (CDMA model) network is 
available, and iPhone can connect to the 
Internet over that network. See “How 
iPhone Connects to the Internet” on 
page 22.
EDGE Shows that your carrier’s EDGE network is 
available, and iPhone can connect to the 
Internet over that network. (GSM models 
only.) See “How iPhone Connects to the 
Internet” on page 22.
GPRS Shows that your carrier’s GPRS (GSM 
models) or 1xRTT (CDMA model) network 
is available, and iPhone can connect to 
the Internet over that network. See “How 
iPhone Connects to the Internet” on 
page 22.
Wi-Fi* Shows that iPhone is connected to the 
Internet over a Wi-Fi network. The more 
bars, the stronger the connection. See 
“Joining a Wi-Fi Network” on page 22.
Network activity Shows over-the-air syncing or other 
network activity. Some third-party apps 
may also use the icon to show an active 
process.
Call Forwarding Shows that Call Forwarding is set up 
on iPhone (GSM models only). See “Call 
Forwarding” on page 212.
VPN Shows that you’re connected to a network 
using VPN. See “Network” on page 198.
Lock Shows that iPhone is locked. See “
Sleep/Wake Button” on page 11.
TTY Shows that iPhone is set to work with a 
TTY machine. See “Using iPhone with a 
Teletype (TTY) Machine” on page 213.
17
Chapter 1    iPhone at a Glance

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Status icon What it means
Play Shows that a song, audiobook, or podcast 
is playing. See “Playing Songs and Other 
Audio” on page 96.
Portrait orientation lock Shows that the iPhone screen is locked 
in portrait orientation. See “Viewing in 
Portrait or Landscape Orientation” on 
page 32.
Alarm Shows that an alarm is set. See “Alarms” on 
page 155.
Location services Shows that some app is using location 
services. See “Location Services” on 
page 200.
Bluetooth* Blue or white icon:  Bluetooth is on and 
a device, such as a headset or car kit, is 
connected. Gray icon:  Bluetooth is on, but 
no device is connected. No icon:  Bluetooth 
Bluetooth Devices” on 
page 51.
Battery Shows battery level or charging status. See 
“Battery” on page 52.
18 Chapter 1    iPhone at a Glance

Getting Started 2
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
WARNING:  To avoid injury, read all operating instructions in this guide and safety 
information in the iPhone Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/
support/manuals/iphone before using iPhone.
Viewing the User Guide on iPhone
The iPhone User Guide, optimized for viewing on iPhone, is available at help.apple.com/
iphone.
View the guide on iPhone:  In Safari, tap  , then tap the iPhone User Guide 
bookmark.
Add an icon for the guide to the Home screen:  When viewing the guide, tap  , then 
tap “Add to Home Screen.”
The iPhone User Guide is available in many languages.
)%74(%'5)$%).!$)?%2%.4,!.'5!'%Tap “Change Language” at the bottom of the 
screen on the main contents page, then choose the language you want.
What You Need
To use iPhone, you need:
A wireless service plan with a carrier that provides iPhone service in your area 
A Mac or a PC with a USB 2.0 port and one of the following operating systems: 
Mac OS X v10.5.8 or later 
Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP Home or Professional (SP3) 
Screen resolution on your computer set to 1024 x 768 or higher 
 iTunes 10.1.2 or later, available at www.itunes.com/download
QuickTime 7.6.2 or later (for playing videos recorded by iPhone 3GS or later on your  
computer)
An Apple ID (such as an iTunes Store account or MobileMe account) for purchases  
from the iTunes Store or App Store
19

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
An Internet connection for your computer (broadband is recommended) 
Installing the SIM Card
If your SIM card (GSM models only) was not preinstalled, you must install it before you 
can use iPhone.
Installing the SIM Card in iPhone 4
)#1/
#!1$
)#1/
#!1$31!8
!0%1#,)0
/1
%*%#33//,
Installing the SIM Card in iPhone 3GS
#!1$
#!1$31!8
!0%1#,)0/1
%*%#33//,
Install the SIM card:
 1  Insert the end of a paper clip or SIM eject tool into the hole on the SIM card tray.
 2  Pull out the SIM card tray and place the SIM card in the tray as shown.
 3  With the tray aligned and the SIM card on top as shown, carefully replace the tray.
Activating iPhone
You must activate iPhone by signing up for a service plan with an iPhone service 
carrier in your area and registering iPhone with the network.
Your iPhone may have been activated at the time of purchase. If it isn’t activated, 
contact your iPhone retailer or cellular service provider.
For more information about iPhone, go to www.apple.com/iphone.
20 Chapter 2    Getting Started

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Setting Up iPhone
Before you can use iPhone, you must set it up in iTunes. During setup, you can create a 
new Apple ID or specify an existing Apple ID for making purchases with iPhone. (The 
iTunes Store may not be available in all countries or regions.) iTunes also records the 
serial number of your iPhone in case you need it.
Set up iPhone:
 1  Download and install the latest version of iTunes from www.itunes.com/download.
 2  Connect iPhone to a USB 2.0 port on your Mac or PC using the cable that came with 
iPhone.
 3  Follow the onscreen instructions.
In the Set Up Your iPhone screen, select “Automatically sync contacts, calendars and 
to your computer. You can also customize your sync settings in iTunes. See “Syncing 
with iTunes” on page 56.
Note:  If you have a visual impairment, VoiceOver (iPhone 3GS or later) can help you 
set up iPhone without a sighted assistant. VoiceOver describes aloud what appears on 
the screen, so you can use iPhone without seeing it. When you connect iPhone to your 
computer, iTunes detects whether you’re using a compatible screen reader on your 
computer, such as VoiceOver (Mac) or GW Micro Window-Eyes (PC), and automatically 
enables VoiceOver on iPhone. A sighted user can also enable VoiceOver on iPhone 
using Accessibility settings. (VoiceOver may not be available in all languages.) See 
“VoiceOver” on page 236. 
Disconnecting iPhone from Your Computer
You can disconnect iPhone from your computer at any time. However, if you 
disconnect it while a sync is in progress, some data may not get synced until the next 
time you connect iPhone to your computer.
When iPhone is syncing with your computer, iPhone shows “Sync in Progress.” If you 
the sync is complete, iTunes shows “iPhone sync is complete.”
21
Chapter 2    Getting Started

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Cancel a sync:  Drag the slider on iPhone. 
If you get a call during a sync, the sync is canceled and you can disconnect iPhone to 
Connecting to the Internet
iPhone connects to the Internet whenever you use Mail, Safari, YouTube, Stocks, Maps, 
Weather, the App Store, or the iTunes Store. 
How iPhone Connects to the Internet
iPhone connects to the Internet using either a Wi-Fi network or a cellular data network. 
iPhone does the following, in order, until connected:
Connects over the last Wi-Fi   network you used that’s available.
If no previously used Wi-Fi networks are available, iPhone shows a list of Wi-Fi 
 
networks in range. Tap a network and, if necessary, enter the password to join. 
Networks that require a password show the lock   icon next to them. You can 
prevent iPhone from automatically showing available networks. See “Wi-Fi” on 
page 194.
If no Wi-Fi networks are available or you choose not to join any, iPhone connects to 
 
the Internet over a cellular data network ( ,  , or  ). You can prevent iPhone from 
using cellular data in Settings. See “Network” on page 198.
If no Wi-Fi networks are available and a cellular data network isn’t available, iPhone 
cannot connect to the Internet.
Note:  Unless you have a 3G connection on a GSM model, you cannot use the Internet 
over a cellular data network when you’re on a call. You must have a Wi-Fi connection 
to use Internet apps while also talking on the phone.
Many Wi-Fi networks can be used free of charge including, in some countries or 
regions, Wi-Fi hotspots provided by your iPhone carrier. Some Wi-Fi networks require 
a fee. To join a Wi-Fi network at a hotspot where charges apply, you can usually open 
Safari to see a webpage that allows you to sign up for service.
Joining a Wi-Fi Network
The Wi-Fi settings let you turn on Wi-Fi and join Wi-Fi networks.
Turn on Wi-Fi:  Choose Settings > Wi-Fi and turn Wi-Fi on.
Join a Wi-Fi network:  Choose Settings > Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPhone detects 
networks in range, then select a network (fees may apply to join some Wi-Fi networks). 
If necessary, enter a password and tap Join (networks that require a password appear 
with a lock   icon).
22 Chapter 2    Getting Started

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Once you join a Wi-Fi network manually, iPhone automatically connects to it whenever 
the network is in range. If more than one previously used network is in range, iPhone 
joins the one last used.
When iPhone is connected to a Wi-Fi network, the Wi-Fi   icon in the status bar at the 
top of the screen shows the connection strength. The more bars you see, the stronger 
the connection.
Wi-Fi” on page 194.
Cellular Data Network Access
3G, EDGE, and GPRS (GSM models) and EV-DO and 1xRTT (CDMA model) allow Internet 
connectivity over the cellular network available through your iPhone carrier’s wireless 
service. Check the carrier’s network coverage in your area for availability.
You can tell iPhone is connected to the Internet via the cellular data network if you see 
the 3G/EV-DO ( ), EDGE ( ), or GPRS/1xRTT ( ) icon in the status bar at the top of the 
screen.
Note:  On EDGE and GPRS connections, you may not be able to receive calls while 
iPhone is actively transferring data over a cellular network—downloading a webpage, 
for example. Incoming calls then go directly to voicemail. On EV-DO connections, data 
transfers are paused during incoming calls. On 1xRTT connections, incoming calls go 
directly to voicemail during data transfers.
Turn 3G on:  (GSM models only.) In Settings, choose General > Network and tap Enable 
3G.
If you’re outside your carrier’s network, you may be able to access the Internet through 
another carrier. To enable email, web browsing, and other data services whenever 
possible, turn Data Roaming on.
Turn Data Roaming on:  In Settings, choose General > Network and turn Data 
Roaming on.
Important:  Roaming charges may apply. To avoid data roaming charges, make sure 
Internet Access on an Airplane
receivers to avoid interfering with aircraft operation. Airplane mode disables many 
of the iPhone features. In some countries or regions, where allowed by the aircraft 
operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can turn on Wi-Fi while airplane 
mode is on, to:
Send and receive email
 
Browse the Internet 
23
Chapter 2    Getting Started

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Sync your contacts, calendars, browser bookmarks, and notes (iPhone 3GS or later)  
over the air
Stream YouTube videos
 
Get stock quotes 
Get map locations 
Get weather reports 
Purchase music and apps 
You may also be allowed to turn on Bluetooth to use Bluetooth devices with iPhone.
For more information, see “Airplane Mode” on page 193.
VPN Access
VPN (virtual private network) provides secure access over the Internet to private 
networks, such as the network at your company or school. Use Network settings to 
Network” on page 198.
Sharing an Internet Connection
You can use iPhone to share an Internet connection for a computer connected to 
iPhone via Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, or USB. On GSM models this is called tethering; on a CDMA 
model this is called personal hotspot. On a CDMA model, you can also share an Internet 
connection for an iPod, iPad, and even other iPhones connected to iPhone via Wi-Fi.
Note:  Internet sharing may not be available in all countries or regions. Additional fees 
may apply. Contact your carrier for more information.
You need to set up Internet sharing with your carrier before it can be used. If you 
haven’t done this, the Set Up Internet Tethering button appears in your Network 
settings in place of the Internet Tethering or Personal Hotspot button. Tap Set Up 
Internet Tethering to contact your carrier.
Internet sharing works over the cellular data network. You can’t use Internet sharing 
if iPhone is connected to the Internet via Wi-Fi. If iPhone is connected to the cellular 
data network via 3G, you can make and receive phone calls while sharing an Internet 
connection (GSM models only).
Share an Internet connection:
 1  In Settings, choose General > Network > Internet Tethering (GSM models) or Personal 
Hotspot (CDMA model).
 2  Turn on Internet Tethering or Personal Hotspot.
 3  Connect a computer or other device to iPhone:
 Wi-Fi:  On the device, choose the name of your iPhone from the list of available Wi-Fi 
networks, then enter the Wi-Fi password for your iPhone when prompted.
24 Chapter 2    Getting Started

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 USB:  Connect your computer to iPhone, using the Dock Connector to USB Cable. In 
your computer’s Network services settings, choose iPhone.
network settings for iPhone, then click Apply. On a PC, use the Network Control 
 Bluetooth:  On iPhone, choose Settings > General > Bluetooth and turn on 
Bluetooth. Then refer to the documentation that came with your computer system 
software to pair and connect iPhone with your device.
When you’re connected, a blue band appears at the top of the screen. Internet sharing 
remains on when you connect with USB, even when you aren’t actively using the 
Internet connection.
Change the Wi-Fi password for iPhone:  (CDMA model only.) In Settings, choose 
General > Network > Personal Hotspot > Wi-Fi Password, then enter a password of at 
least 8 characters.
Changing the password disconnects any computers sharing the Internet connection.
Monitor your cellular data network usage:  In Settings, choose General > Usage.
Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts
About Accounts
iPhone works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular 
Internet-based email, contacts, and calendar service providers. If you don’t already 
have an email account, you can get a free account online at www.yahoo.com, www.
google.com, or www.aol.com. You can also try MobileMe, free for 60 days, at www.
me.com.
You can add contacts using an LDAP or CardDAV account if your company or 
organization supports it. See “Adding Contacts” on page 219.
You can add a CalDAV calendar account. See “Syncing Calendars” on page 115.
You can subscribe to iCal (.ics) calendars or import them from Mail. See “Subscribing to 
Calendars” and “Importing Calendar Files from Mail” on page 120.
Setting Up MobileMe Accounts
To use MobileMe on iPhone, you need to set up a MobileMe Free Account or a 
MobileMe Paid Subscription.
A MobileMe Free Account lets you use Find My iPhone (not available in all countries or 
regions), a feature that helps you locate and protect the information on your iPhone if 
it’s lost or stolen. See “Security Features” on page 53.
25
Chapter 2    Getting Started

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
A MobileMe Paid Subscription lets you use Find My iPhone, plus the following features:
Mail account at me.com 
Over-the-air syncing for contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes 
MobileMe Gallery for sharing photos and videos 
 
You can try out these features with a 60-day free trial at www.apple.com/mobileme. 
A MobileMe Free Account is available to any customer with an iPhone 4 running iOS 
4.2 or later. If you’ve already created an account for the App Store or Game Center, you 
can use that Apple ID for your MobileMe Free Account. You can create a new Apple 
account.
Set up a MobileMe Free Account:
 1  In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
 2  Tap Add Account, then tap MobileMe.
 3  Enter your Apple ID and password, or tap Create Free Apple ID.
 4  Follow the onscreen instructions.
Verify your email address, if required.
 5  Make sure Find My iPhone is turned on.
Only one MobileMe account at a time can be used for Find My iPhone and for syncing 
contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes.
To use Gallery, iDisk, and Find My iPhone on iPhone, download the free MobileMe 
Gallery, MobileMe iDisk, and Find My iPhone apps from the App Store.
Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts
To use Microsoft Exchange on iPhone, you need to add an account with your Microsoft 
Exchange account settings. See your service provider or system administrator for those 
settings. 
iPhone uses the Exchange ActiveSync protocol to sync email, calendars, and contacts 
over the air with the following versions of Microsoft Exchange: 
Exchange Server 2003 Service Pack 2
 
Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 
Exchange Server 2010 
When setting up the account, you can choose which Exchange services you want to 
use with iPhone:
Mail
 
Contacts 
26 Chapter 2    Getting Started

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Calendars 
Services you turn on are synced automatically over the air without having to connect 
iPhone to your computer. See “Syncing Accounts” on page 56. 
You can set up multiple Exchange accounts.
Set up an Exchange account:
 1  In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
 2  Tap Add Account, then tap Microsoft Exchange.
 3  Enter your complete email address, domain (optional), user name, password, and a 
description. The description can be whatever you like.
iPhone supports Microsoft’s Autodiscovery service, which uses your user name and 
password to determine the address of the Exchange server. If the server’s address 
can’t be determined, you’re asked to enter it. (Enter the complete address in the Server 
passcode to match the policies set on the server.
 4  Tap the items you want to use on iPhone (mail, contacts, and calendars) and set how 
many days of email you want to sync to iPhone.
Setting Up Google, Yahoo!, and AOL Accounts
For many popular accounts (Google, Yahoo!, AOL), iPhone enters most of the settings 
for you. When setting up the account, you can choose which account services you 
want to use with iPhone. Services you turn on are synced automatically over the 
air without having to connect iPhone to your computer. See “Syncing Accounts” on 
page 56.
Set up an account:
 1  In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
 2  Tap Add Account, then tap Google, Yahoo!, or AOL.
 3  Enter your name, complete email address, password, and a description. The description 
can be whatever you like.
 4  Tap the items you want to use on iPhone. Available items depend upon the service 
provider.
Setting Up Other Accounts
Choose Other Accounts to set up other accounts for mail (such as POP), contacts (such 
as LDAP or CardDAV), or calendars (such as CalDAV). Contact your service provider or 
system administrator to get the account settings you need.
Set up an account:
 1  In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
27
Chapter 2    Getting Started

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 2  Tap Add Account, then tap Other.
 3  Choose the account type you want to add (Mail, Contacts, or Calendars).
 4  Enter your account information and tap Save.
28 Chapter 2    Getting Started

B
asics
3
A
PPLE C
O
NFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
U
sing Apps
iPhone apps
.
Opening and Switching Apps
You open an app on iPhone b
y
 tapping its icon on the Home screen. 
R
et
u
rn t
o
 the H
o
me screen
:
Press the H
o
me   button below the displa
y
.
Switc
h
 to anot
h
er Home screen:
F
lick le
f
t or right, or tap to the le
f
t or right o
f
 the row
o
f 
do
ts
.
/4/4(%=234/-%3#2%%. Press t
h
e Home
b
utton.
O
n iP
h
on
e
3
GS or 
l
ater, you can quic
kl
y switc
h
b
etween t
h
e apps you’re using; 
multitaskin
g
 also allows certain apps to run in the back
g
round
.
2
9

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
View the most recently used apps (iPhone 3GS or later):  Double-click the Home 
button.
The four most recently used app are shown at the bottom of the screen. Flick left to 
see more apps.
Note:  
by the Home Button setting. See “Home Button” on page 200.
Remove an app from the recents list:  Touch and hold the app icon until it begins to 
jiggle, then tap  .
The app is added to recent apps again the next time you open it.
Scrolling
Drag up or down to scroll. On some screens such as webpages, you can also scroll side 
to side.
30 Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Flick to scroll quickly.
You can wait for the scrolling to come to a stop, or touch anywhere on the screen to 
stop it immediately. Touching the screen to stop scrolling won’t choose or activate 
anything.
To quickly scroll to the top of a list, webpage, or email, just tap the status bar.
Find items in an indexed list:  Tap a letter to jump to items starting with that letter. 
'0
Choose an item:  Tap an item in the list.
open a new list, play a song, open an email, or show someone’s contact information so 
you can call that person.
31
Chapter 3    Basics

A
PPLE C
O
NFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Zoom
i
ng In or Out
When viewing photos, webpages, email, or maps, 
y
ou can zoom in and out. Pinch 
y
our
quic
kly
) to zoom in, t
h
en 
d
ou
bl
e-tap again to zoom out. For maps, 
d
ou
bl
e-tap to zoom
V
iewing in Portrait or Landscape Orientatio
n
Man
y
 iP
h
one apps 
l
et 
y
ou view t
h
e screen in eit
h
er portrait or 
l
an
d
scape orientation
.
screen orientation
.
e
nterin
g
 text, 
f
or example. In landscape orientation:
We
b
pages sca
l
e to t
h
e wi
d
er screen, ma
k
ing t
h
e text an
d
 images 
l
arger.
Th
e onscreen 
k
ey
b
oar
d
 is 
l
arger, w
h
ic
h
 may 
h
e
l
p increase your typing spee
d
 an
d
acc
u
racy
.
The 
f
ollowin
g
 apps support both portrait and landscape orientation:
Mai
l
Safar
i
Messa
g
es
N
o
te
s
C
ontact
s
32
Ch
a
p
ter 3
B
asic
s

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Stocks 
iPod 
Photos 
Camera  
Calculator 
Movies viewed in iPod and YouTube appear only in landscape orientation. Street views 
in Maps also appear only in landscape orientation.
Lock the screen in portrait orientation (iPhone 3GS or later):  Double-click the Home 
 .
The portrait orientation lock ( ) icon appears in the status bar when the screen 
orientation is locked.
Customizing the Home Screen
You can customize the layout of icons on the Home screen—including the Dock 
icons along the bottom of the screen. If you want, arrange them over multiple Home 
screens. You can also organize apps by grouping them in folders.
Rearranging Icons
You can arrange the icons on your Home screen in any order you want.
Rearrange icons:
 1  Touch and hold any icon on the Home screen until it begins to jiggle.
 2  Arrange the icons by dragging them.
 3  Press the Home   button to save your arrangement.
You can also add links to your favorite webpages on the Home screen. See “Web 
Clips” on page 94.
When iPhone is connected to your computer, you can rearrange icons on the Home 
screen and the order of the screens. In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then 
click Apps at the top of the screen.
33
Chapter 3    Basics

A
PPLE C
O
NFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
M
ove an icon to another screen:
W
hile arranging icons, drag an icon to the side o
f
t
he screen
.
C
re
a
te 
add
iti
o
n
a
l H
o
me screens
:
screen, then drag an icon to the right edge o
f
 the screen until a new screen appears
.
You can create up to 11 screens. The number o
f
 dots above the Dock shows the
number of screens you have, and which screen you’re viewing
.
R
eset your Home screen to the default layout
:
C
hoose Settin
g
s > General > Reset 
a
n
d
 tap Reset Home Screen Layout.
Resetting the Home screen removes an
y
f
olders 
y
ou’ve created and applies the de
f
ault
w
allpaper to your Home screen.
Or
g
anizin
g
 wit
h
 Fo
ld
er
s
Fo
ld
ers 
l
et you organize icons on t
h
e Home screen. You can put up to 12 icons in a
f
older. iPhone automaticall
y
 names a 
f
older when 
y
ou create it, based on the icons 
y
ou
u
se to create the folder, but you can change the name anytime you want. Like icons
,
f
olders can be rearranged b
y
 dragging them around the Home screen. You can move
f
o
l
d
ers t
o
a
 new H
o
me screen 
o
r t
o
 the D
o
ck
.
C
re
a
te 
a
 f
o
l
d
er
:
Touch and hold an icon until the Home screen icons begin to 
j
iggle
,
th
en 
d
rag t
h
e icon onto anot
h
er icon.
3
4
Ch
a
p
ter 3
B
asic
s

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
iPhone creates a new folder that includes the two icons, and shows the folder’s name. 
You can also create folders within iTunes.
Create a folder using iTunes:  With iPhone connected to your computer, select iPhone 
in the Devices list in iTunes. Click Apps at the top of the screen, and on the Home 
screen near the top of the window, drag an app on top of another.
Add an icon to a folder While arranging icons, drag the icon onto the 
folder.
Remove an icon from a folder While arranging icons, tap to open the folder, 
then drag the icon out of the folder.
Open a folder Tap the folder. You can then tap an app icon to 
open that app.
Close a folder Tap outside the folder, or press the Home button.
Delete a folder Move all icons out of the folder. The folder is 
deleted automatically when empty.
Rename a folder While arranging icons, tap to open the folder, 
then tap the name at the top and use the 
keyboard to enter a new name. Press the Home 
button to save your changes.
  button to save your 
changes.
Many apps, such as Phone, Messages, Mail, and the App Store, display a badge on their 
Home screen icon with a number (to indicate incoming items) or exclamation mark 
(to indicate a problem). If these apps are contained in a folder, the badge appears on 
the folder. A numbered badge shows the total number of items you haven’t attended 
to, such as incoming phone calls, email messages, text messages, and updated apps to 
download. An alert badge indicates a problem with an app in the folder. 
35
Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Adding Wallpaper
You can set an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen. On iPhone 3GS or 
later, you can also set wallpaper for your Home screen. You can choose an image that 
came with iPhone, a photo from your Camera Roll, or a photo synced to iPhone from 
your computer.
The Lock screen wallpaper also appears when you’re on a call with someone you don’t 
have a contact photo for.
Set wallpaper (iPhone 3GS or later):
1In Settings, choose Wallpaper, tap the image of the Lock and Home screens, then tap 
Wallpaper or an album.
2Tap to choose an image or photo. If you chose a photo, drag to position it and pinch to 
zoom in or out, until it looks the way you want.
3Tap Set, then choose whether you want to use the photo as wallpaper for your Lock 
Screen, Home screen, or both.
Set wallpaper (iPhone 3G):
1Choose Settings > Wallpaper, then tap Wallpaper or an album.
2Tap to choose an image or photo. If you choose a photo, drag it to position it and 
pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you want.
3Tap Set Wallpaper.
Typing
The onscreen keyboard appears anytime you need to type.
36 Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Entering Text
Use the keyboard to enter text, such as contact information, email, text messages, and 
web addresses. The keyboard corrects misspellings, predicts what you're typing, and 
learns as you use it.
Depending on the app you’re using, the intelligent keyboard may suggest corrections 
as you type, to help prevent mistyped words.
Enter text:
 1 
 2  Tap keys on the keyboard.
more quickly using two thumbs.
Delete the previous character Tap  .
Type uppercase Tap the Shift   key before tapping a letter. Or 
touch and hold the Shift key, then slide to a letter.
Quickly type a period and space Double-tap the space bar. (You can turn 
Turn caps lock on Double-tap the Shift   key. The Shift key turns 
blue, and all letters you type are uppercase. Tap 
37
Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Show numbers, punctuation, or symbols Tap the Number   key. Tap the Symbol   key 
to see additional punctuation and symbols.
Type letters or symbols that aren’t on the 
keyboard
Touch and hold the related letter or symbol, then 
slide to choose a variation.
Dictionary
For many languages, iPhone has dictionaries to help you type. The appropriate 
dictionary is activated when you select a supported keyboard. 
For a list of supported languages, see www.apple.com/iphone/specs.html.
iPhone uses the active dictionary to suggest corrections or complete the word you’re 
typing. You don’t need to interrupt your typing to accept the suggested word.
4''%23%$
6/1$
Accept or reject dictionary suggestions:
 BTo reject the suggested word, 
dismiss the suggestion before typing anything else. Each time you reject a suggestion 
for the same word, iPhone becomes more likely to accept your word.
Note:  If you’re entering Chinese or Japanese, tap one of the suggested alternatives.
 BTo use the suggested word, type a space, punctuation mark, or return character.
iPhone also underlines words you’ve already typed that might be misspelled.
Use spell checking to replace a misspelled word:  Tap the underlined word, then tap 
one of the suggested corrections.
38 Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If none of the suggestions is correct, you can correct the spelling of the selected word 
by retyping it. To leave the word unchanged, tap somewhere else in the message area.
52.!54/#/22%#4)/././2/?
52.30%,,#(%#+).'/./2/?
Editing—Cut, Copy, and Paste
The touchscreen makes it easy to make changes to text you’ve entered. An onscreen 
magnifying glass helps you position the insertion point precisely where you need it. 
Grab points on selected text let you quickly select more or less text. You can also cut, 
copy, and paste text and photos within apps, or across multiple apps.
Position the insertion point:  Touch and hold to bring up the magnifying glass, then 
drag to position the insertion point.
Select text:  Tap the insertion point to display the selection buttons. Tap Select to 
select the adjacent word or tap Select All to select all text. You can also double-tap to 
select a word. In read-only documents, such as webpages, or email or text messages 
you’ve received, touch and hold to select a word.
Drag the grab points to select more or less text.
39
Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Cut or copy text:  Select text, then tap Cut or Copy.
Paste text:  Tap the insertion point and tap Paste. The last text that you cut or copied is 
inserted. Or select text and tap Paste to replace the text.
Undo the last edit:  Shake iPhone and tap Undo.
International Keyboards
languages that are written from right to left. If you want to enter text in other 
languages, you can use Settings to make additional keyboards available when you 
type.
For a list of supported keyboards, go to www.apple.com/iphone/specs.html.
Add a keyboard:
1
The number before the arrow indicates the number of keyboards currently enabled.
2
Repeat to add more keyboards. Some languages have multiple keyboards available.
Switch keyboards when you’re typing:  Tap  . When you tap the symbol, the name of 
You can also touch and hold   to display a list of available keyboards. To choose a 
!0/13/4#(!.$
(/,$3/26)3#(
+%8"/!1$2
Edit your keyboard list:  
tap Edit and do one of the following:
 To delete a keyboard, tap  , then tap Delete.
 To reorder the list, drag   next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.
40 Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Type letters, numbers, or symbols that aren’t on 
the keyboard
Touch and hold the related letter, number, or 
symbol, then slide to choose a variation. On the 
Thai keyboards, for example, you can choose 
native numbers by touching and holding the 
related Arabic number.
Enter Japanese Kana 
syllable options, tap the arrow key and select 
another syllable or word from the window.
Enter Japanese QWERTY Use the QWERTY keyboard to input code for 
Japanese syllables. As you type, suggested 
syllables appear. Tap the syllable to choose it.
Enter Emoji picture characters Use the Emoji keyboard. Available only on 
iPhones purchased and used in Japan.
Enter facemarks 
key.
Using the Japanese Romaji keyboard (QWERTY-
Japanese layout), tap the Number   key, then 
Pinyin or (Traditional) Zhuyin keyboards, tap the 
Symbols  
Enter Korean 
letters. To type double consonants or compound 
vowels, touch and hold the letter, then slide to 
choose the double letter.
.4%2)-0,)=%$/22!$)4)/.!,().%3%).9). Use the QWERTY keyboard to enter Pinyin for 
Chinese characters. As you type, suggested 
Chinese characters appear. Tap a suggestion 
to choose it, or continue entering Pinyin to see 
more options.
If you keep entering Pinyin without spaces, 
sentence suggestions appear.
Enter Chinese Cangjie Use the keyboard to build Chinese characters 
from the component Cangjie keys. As you type, 
suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a 
character to choose it, or continue typing up 
options.
41
Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
.4%2)-0,)=%$().%3%42/+%5")5! Use the keypad to build Chinese characters using 
from left to right, top to bottom, outside to 
inside, and from inside to the closing stroke (for 
 
 
As you type, suggested Chinese characters 
appear (the most commonly used characters 
If you’re not sure of the correct stroke, enter an 
asterisk (*). To see more character options, type 
another stroke, or scroll through the character list.
 
that match exactly what you typed. For example, 
  
 
an exact match.
Enter Traditional Chinese Zhuyin Use the keyboard to enter Zhuyin letters. As you 
type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap 
a suggestion to choose it, or continue entering 
Zhuyin letters to see more options. After you type 
an initial letter, the keyboard changes to show 
more letters.
If you keep entering Zhuyin without spaces, 
sentence suggestions appear.
.4%2(!.$72)44%.)-0,)=%$/22!$)4)/.!,
Chinese
Write Chinese characters directly on the screen 
iPhone recognizes them and shows matching 
characters in a list, with the closest match 
at the top. When you choose a character, its 
likely follow-on characters appear in the list as 
additional choices.
You can get some complex characters by writing 
two or more component characters. For example, 
   
appears in the character list with an arrow next 
to it. Tap the character to replace the characters 
you entered.
characters are also recognized.
42 Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
/.6%24"%47%%.)-0,)=%$!.$2!$)4)/.!,
Chinese
Select the character or characters you want to 
convert, then tap Replace. See “Editing—Cut, 
Copy, and Paste” on page 39.
Enter Vietnamese Touch and hold a character to see the available 
diacritical marks, then slide to choose the one 
you want.
You can also type the following key sequences to 
enter characters with diacritical marks:
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 as—á (a acute)
 af—à (a grave)
  
 ax—ã (a rising accent)
  
/4#(0!$
When using certain Chinese or Japanese keyboards, you can create a dictionary 
of word and input pairs. When you type a word from the dictionary while using a 
supported keyboard, the associated input is substituted for the word. The dictionary is 
available for the following keyboards:
 
Chinese - Traditional (Pinyin) 
Chinese - Traditional (Zhuyin) 
Japanese (Romaji) 
43
Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 
Add a word to the dictionary:  
You can have multiple inputs for each word, depending on the keyboards you’ve 
turned on.
Delete a word from the dictionary:  Tap the word in the User Dictionary list, then tap 
Delete Word.
Keyboard Layouts
You can use Settings to set the keyboard layouts for software and hardware keyboards. 
The available layouts depend on the keyboard language.
Select a keyboard layout:  
selections for both the onscreen software and any external hardware keyboards.
The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard on the iPhone 
screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the layout of an Apple Wireless 
.
Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard
iPhone 3GS or later).
with iPhone. See “Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPhone” on page 51.
Once the keyboard is paired with iPhone, it connects whenever the keyboard is within 
range (up to 30 feet). You can tell that the keyboard is connected if the onscreen 
Switch the language when using a hardware keyboard:  Press and hold the 
Command key, then tap the space bar to display a list of available languages. Tap the 
Disconnect a wireless keyboard from iPhone:  Press and hold the power button on 
iPhone disconnects the keyboard when it’s out of range.
Unpair a wireless keyboard from iPhone:  In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, tap 
 next to the device name, then tap “Forget this Device.”
” on 
page 40 and “” on page 44.
44 Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Printing
About AirPrint
AirPrint lets you print wirelessly to AirPrint-capable printers. You can print from the 
following iOS apps:
Mail—email messages and attachments that can be viewed in Quick Look
 
Photos—photos 
Safari—webpages, PDFs, and other attachments that can be viewed in Quick Look 
iBooks—PDFs 
Other apps available from the App Store may also support AirPrint.
AirPrint-capable printers don’t require setup; they just need to be connected to the 
same Wi-Fi network as iPhone. (If you’re not sure whether your printer is AirPrint-
capable, refer to its documentation.)
For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT4356.
Printing a Document
AirPrint uses your Wi-Fi network to send print jobs wirelessly to your printer. iPhone 
must be connected to the same wireless network as the AirPrint printer.
Print a document:
 1 Tap   or   (depending on the app you’re using), then tap Print.
 2  Tap Select Printer to select a printer.
 3  Set printer options such as number of copies and double-sided output (if the printer 
supports it). Some apps also let you set a range of pages to print.
 4 Tap Print.
45
Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
See the status of a print job:  Double-click the Home button, then tap Print Center.
The Print Center app appears as the most recent app when a document is printing. A 
badge on the app icon shows how many documents are queued for printing.
If you’re printing more than one document, select a print job to see its status summary.
Cancel a print job:  Double-click the Home button, tap Print Center, select the print job 
(if you’re printing more than one document), then tap Cancel Printing.
46 Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Searching
You can search many apps on iPhone, including Mail, Calendar, iPod, Notes, Messages 
(iPhone 3GS or later), and Contacts. You can search an individual app, or search all apps 
at once using Search.
Go to Search:    
button.
From the Search screen, press the Home   button to return to the main Home screen 
page.
Search iPhone:  
appear as you type. Tap an item in the list to open it. Tap Search to dismiss the 
keyboard and see more results.
Icons next to the search results show which app the results are from. 
iPhone may display a top hit for you at the top of the list, based on your previous 
searches. The Safari search results include options to search the web or to search 
Wikipedia.
App What’s searched
Contacts First, last, and company names
Mail 
text of messages isn’t searched)
Calendar Event titles, invitees, locations, and notes
iPod Music (names of songs, artists, and albums) and 
the titles of podcasts, videos, and audiobooks
Messages (iPhone 3GS or later) Names and text of messages
Notes Text of notes
47
Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Search also searches the names of the native and installed apps on iPhone, so if you 
have a lot of apps, you may want to use Search to locate and open apps.
Open apps from Search:  Enter the app name, then tap to open the app directly from 
the search results.
Use the Spotlight Search setting to specify which contents are searched and the order 
the results are presented in. See “Spotlight Search” on page 201.
Voice Control
Voice Control (iPhone 3GS or later) lets you make phone calls and control iPod music 
playback using voice commands. 
Note:  Voice Control may not be available in all languages.
Use Voice Control:  Press and hold the Home button until the Voice Control screen 
appears and you hear a beep. You can also press and hold the center button on the 
iPhone earphones.
Use the following commands to make calls or play songs.
Call someone in contacts Say “call” or “dial,” then say the name of the 
person. If the person has more than one phone 
number, you can add “home” or “mobile,” for 
example.
Make a FaceTime call someone in contacts 
(iPhone 4 only)
Say “FaceTime,” then say the name of the person. 
If the person has more than one phone number, 
you can add “home” or “mobile,” for example.
Dial a number Say “call” or “dial,” then say the number.
Control music playback Say “play” or “play music.” To pause, say “pause” 
or “pause music.” You can also say “next song” or 
“previous song.”
48 Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Play an album, artist, or playlist Say “play,” then  say “album,” “artist,” or “playlist” 
and the name.
(5A%4(%#522%.40,!9,)34 
Find out more about the currently playing song Say “what’s playing,” “what song is this,” “who 
sings this song,” or “who is this song by.”
Use Genius to play similar songs Say “Genius,” “play more like this,” or “play more 
songs like this.”
Find out the current time Say “what time is it?” or “what is the time?”
Cancel Voice Control Say “cancel” or “stop.”
For best results:
Speak into the iPhone microphone as if you were making a phone call. You can also  
use the microphone on your Bluetooth headset or compatible Bluetooth car kit.
Speak clearly and naturally.
 
Say only iPhone commands and names, and numbers. Pause slightly between  
commands.
Use full names.
 
For more about using Voice Control, including information about using Voice Control 
support.apple.com/kb/HT3597.
Voice Control normally expects you to speak voice commands in the language that’s 
set for iPhone (the setting in General > International > Language). Voice Control 
settings let you change the language for speaking voice commands. Some languages 
Change the language or country:  In Settings, choose General > International > Voice 
Control and tap the language or country.
Voice Control for the iPod app is always on, but for better security you can prevent 
voice dialing when iPhone is locked.
Prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked:  In Settings, choose General > Passcode 
See “Voice Dialing” on page 65 and “Using Voice Control with iPod” on page 100.
49
Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic
The Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic included with iPhone feature a 
microphone, volume buttons, and an integrated button that allows you to answer and 
end calls easily, and control audio and video playback.
%.3%1"433/.
Plug in the earphones to listen to music or make a phone call. Press the center button 
to control music playback and answer or end calls, even when iPhone is locked.
Pause a song or video Press the center button. Press again to resume 
playback.
Skip to the next song Press the center button twice quickly.
Return to previous song Press the center button three times quickly.
Fast-forward Press the center button twice quickly and hold.
Rewind Press the center button three times quickly and 
hold.
Adjust the volume (iPhone 3GS or later) Press the + or – button.
Answer an incoming call Press the center button.
End the current call Press the center button.
Decline an incoming call Press and hold the center button for about two 
declined the call.
Switch to an incoming or on-hold call and put 
the current call on hold
Press the center button. Press again to switch 
Switch to an incoming or on-hold call and end 
the current call
Press and hold the center button for about two 
Use Voice Control (iPhone 3GS or later) Press and hold the center button. See “Voice 
Control” on page 48.
If you get a call while the earphones are plugged in, you can hear the ringtone 
through both the iPhone speaker and the earphones.
50 Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Bluetooth Devices
such as Bluetooth headsets, car kits, and stereo headphones. Third-party Bluetooth 
headphones may support volume and playback controls. See the documentation that 
support.
apple.com/kb/HT3647.
Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPhone
WARNING:  For important information about avoiding hearing loss and about driving 
safely, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/
manuals/iphone.
Pair a Bluetooth headset, car kit, or other device with iPhone:  
 1  Follow the instructions that came with the device to make it discoverable or to set it to 
search for other Bluetooth devices.
 2  In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on.
 3  Choose the device on iPhone, and enter its passkey or PIN number. See the 
instructions about the passkey or PIN that came with the device.
After you pair a Bluetooth device to work with iPhone, you must make a connection to 
have iPhone use the device for your calls. See the documentation that came with the 
device.
When iPhone is connected to a Bluetooth headset or car kit, outgoing calls are routed 
through the device. Incoming calls are routed through the device if you answer using 
the device, and through iPhone if you answer using iPhone.
Pair an Apple Wireless Keyboard with iPhone:  
 1  In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on.
 2 
 3  On iPhone, select the keyboard listed under Devices.
 4  Type the passkey on the keyboard as instructed, then press Return.
Note:  
For more information, see “” on page 44.
Bluetooth Status
The Bluetooth icon appears in the iPhone status bar at the top of the screen:
  or  :  Bluetooth is on and a device is connected to iPhone. (The color depends on 
the current color of the status bar.)
51
Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 :  Bluetooth is on but no device is connected. If you’ve paired a device with iPhone, 
 No Bluetooth icon: 
Unpairing a Bluetooth Device from iPhone
You can unpair a Bluetooth device if you don’t want to use it with iPhone any more.
Unpair a Bluetooth device:  
 1  In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on.
 2 Tap   next to the device name, then tap “Forget this Device.”
Battery
iPhone has an internal rechargeable battery.
Charging the Battery
WARNING:  For important safety information about charging iPhone, see the 
Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone. 
The battery icon in the upper-right corner shows the battery level or charging status. 
You can also display the percentage of the battery charge (iPhone 3GS or later). See 
“Usage” on page 198.
(!1').' (!1'%$
Charge the battery:  Connect iPhone to a power outlet using the included Dock 
Connector to USB Cable and USB power adapter.
Charge the battery and sync iPhone:  Connect iPhone to your computer using the 
included Dock Connector to USB Cable. Or connect iPhone to your computer using the 
included cable and the Dock, available separately.
52 Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Unless your keyboard has a high-powered USB 2.0 port, you must connect iPhone to a 
USB 2.0 port on your computer.
Important:  The iPhone battery may drain instead of charge if iPhone is connected to a 
If you charge the battery while syncing or using iPhone, it may take longer to charge. 
Important:  If iPhone is very low on power, it may display one of the following images, 
indicating that iPhone needs to charge for up to ten minutes before you can use it. 
If iPhone is extremely low on power, the display may be blank for up to two minutes 
before one of the low-battery images appears.
/1
Maximizing Battery Life
iPhone uses lithium-ion batteries. To learn more about how to maximize the lifespan 
and battery life of your iPhone, go to www.apple.com/batteries.
Replacing the Battery
Rechargeable batteries have a limited number of charge cycles and may eventually 
need to be replaced. The iPhone battery isn’t user replaceable; it can only be replaced 
by an authorized service provider. For more information, go to www.apple.com/
support/iphone/service/battery.
Security Features
Security features help protect the information on iPhone from being accessed by 
others.
53
Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Passcodes and Data Protection
You can set a passcode that you must enter each time you turn on or wake up iPhone.
Set a passcode:  Choose Settings > General > Passcode Lock and enter a 4-digit 
passcode, then enter the passcode again to verify it. iPhone then requires you to enter 
the passcode to unlock it or to display the passcode lock settings.
Setting a passcode turns on data protection (iPhone 3GS or later). Data protection uses 
your passcode as the key for encrypting mail messages and their attachments stored 
on iPhone. (Data protection may also be used by some apps available in the App 
Store.) A notice at the bottom of the Passcode Lock screen in Settings indicates when 
data protection is enabled.
with a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and special characters. See 
“Passcode Lock” on page 201.
Important:  On an iPhone 3GS that didn’t ship with iOS 4 or later, you must also restore 
iOS software to enable data protection. See “Restoring iPhone” on page 255.
Prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked:  In Settings, choose General > Passcode 
Find My iPhone
Find My iPhone helps you locate and secure your iPhone using the free Find My 
iPhone app on another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, or using a Mac or PC with a web 
browser. Find My iPhone includes:
 Locate on a map:  View the approximate location of your iPhone on a full-screen 
map
 Display a Message or Play a Sound:  Lets you compose a message that will appear 
on your iPhone screen, or play a sound at full volume for two minutes, even if the 
Ring/Silent switch is set to silent
 Remote Passcode Lock:  Lets you remotely lock your iPhone and create a 4-digit 
passcode, if you haven’t set one previously
 Remote Wipe:  Lets you protect your privacy by erasing all media and data on 
iPhone, restoring it to factory settings
Use Find My iPhone:  You need to turn on Find My iPhone on iPhone before you can 
use these features. See “Setting Up MobileMe Accounts” on page 25.
To locate your missing iPhone and use the other Find My iPhone features, download 
the free Find My iPhone app from the App Store on another iOS device, or sign in to 
me.com in a web browser on a Mac or PC.
54 Chapter 3    Basics

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Note:  Find My iPhone requires a MobileMe account. MobileMe is Apple’s online 
service, which provides Find My iPhone for free to iPhone 4 customers, and additional 
features with a paid subscription. MobileMe may not be available in all countries or 
regions. For more information, see “Setting Up MobileMe Accounts” on page 25, or go 
to www.apple.com/mobileme.
Cleaning iPhone
Clean iPhone immediately if it comes in contact with any contaminants that may cause 
stains, such as ink, dyes, makeup, dirt, food, oils, or lotions. To clean iPhone, disconnect 
slide the onscreen slider). Then use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free cloth. Avoid getting 
moisture in openings. Don’t use window cleaners, household cleaners, compressed air, 
aerosol sprays, solvents, alcohol, ammonia, or abrasives to clean iPhone. The front cover 
of iPhone 3GS and the front and back covers of iPhone 4 are made of glass and have 
an oleophobic coating. To clean these surfaces, simply wipe with a soft, lint-free cloth. 
The ability of this coating to repel oil will diminish over time with normal usage, and 
scratch the glass.
For more information about handling iPhone, see the iPhone Important Product 
Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Restarting or Resetting iPhone
If something isn’t working right, try restarting iPhone, force quitting an app, or 
resetting iPhone.
Restart iPhone:  
Force quit an app:  
until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home button until the app quits.
On iPhone 3GS or later, you can also remove an app from the recents list to force it to 
quit. See “Opening and Switching Apps” on page 29. 
Reset iPhone:  
the same time for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears.
For more troubleshooting suggestions, see Appendix A, “Support and Other 
Information,” on page 253.
55
Chapter 3    Basics

Syncing and File Sharing 4
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
About Syncing
Syncing copies information from your computer or online account to iPhone, then 
keeps the information in sync by copying changes made in one location to the other.
You use iTunes on your computer to sync contacts, calendars, and other information; 
iOS apps; photos and videos; and music and other iTunes content. By default, syncing 
occurs whenever you connect iPhone to your computer.
MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, and others. Your information on those 
services is synced over the air.
Syncing Accounts
MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, and other online service providers sync 
information—which might include contacts, calendars, browser bookmarks, and notes 
(iPhone 3GS or later)—via your Internet connection (over the air), so that you don’t 
have to connect iPhone to your computer. The Internet connection can be over your 
cellular network or your local Wi-Fi network.
Some service providers—including MobileMe and Microsoft Exchange—push 
information updates. This means that syncing happens whenever any information is 
changed. The Push setting in Fetch New Data must be turned on (it’s on by default). 
For iPhone 3G users, iPhone must also be awake or connected to your computer or 
a power adapter. Other providers sync by periodically “fetching” changes that have 
occurred. Use the Fetch setting to determine how frequently this happens. See “Fetch 
New Data” on page 209.
For information about setting up accounts on iPhone, see “Adding Mail, Contacts, and 
Calendar Accounts” on page 25.
Syncing with iTunes
You can set iTunes to sync any or all of the following:
Contacts—names, phone numbers, addresses, email addresses, and more 
56

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Calendars—appointments and events 
Email account settings 
Webpage bookmarks 
Notes 
Ringtones 
Music 
Photos and videos (in your computer’s photo application or folder) 
iTunes U collections 
Podcasts 
Books and audiobooks 
Movies, TV shows, and music videos 
Apps downloaded from the App Store 
You can adjust sync settings whenever iPhone is connected to your computer.
Ringtones, music, audiobooks, podcasts, books, iTunes U collections, videos, and apps 
are synced from your iTunes library. If you don’t already have content in iTunes, the 
iTunes Store (not available in all countries or regions) makes it easy to preview content 
and download it to iTunes. You can also add music to your iTunes library from your 
CDs. To learn about iTunes and the iTunes Store, open iTunes and choose Help > 
iTunes Help.
Contacts, calendars, notes, and webpage bookmarks are synced with applications on 
your computer, as described in the following section. New entries or changes you 
make on iPhone are synced to your computer, and vice versa.
iTunes also lets you sync photos and videos from an application or from a folder.
Email account settings are synced only from your computer’s email application to 
email account settings on your computer.
Note:  You can also set up email accounts directly on iPhone. See “Adding Mail, 
Contacts, and Calendar Accounts” on page 25.
Purchases you make on iPhone in the iTunes Store or the App Store are synced back 
to your iTunes library. You can also purchase or download content and apps from the 
iTunes Store on your computer, and then sync them to iPhone.
You can set iPhone to sync with only a portion of what’s on your computer. For 
example, you might want to sync only a group of contacts from your address book, or 
only unwatched video podcasts. 
57
Chapter 4    Syncing and File Sharing

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Important:  You should be logged in to your own user account on your computer 
before connecting iPhone.
Set up iTunes syncing:
 1  Connect iPhone to your computer, and open iTunes.
 2  In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list.
 3 
See the following section for descriptions of the panes.
 4  Click Apply in the lower-right corner of the screen.
By default, “Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected” is selected. 
iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes
The following sections provide an overview of each of the iPhone settings panes. For 
more information, open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help.
Note:  Buttons for additional panes may appear in iTunes, depending on the types of 
content in your iTunes library.
Summary Pane
Select “Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected” to have iTunes open and sync 
iPhone automatically whenever you connect it to your computer. Deselect this option 
if you want to sync only by clicking the Sync button in iTunes. For more information, 
see “Automatic iTunes Syncing” on page 61.
Select “Sync only checked songs and videos” if you want iTunes to skip unchecked 
items in your iTunes library when syncing.
58 Chapter 4    Syncing and File Sharing

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Select “Convert higher bit rate songs to 128 kbps AAC” if you want iTunes to convert 
and Video settings panes. See “Manually Managing Content” on page 61.
Select “Encrypt iPhone backup” if you want to encrypt the information stored on your 
computer when iTunes makes a backup. Encrypted backups are indicated by a lock   
icon, and a password is required to restore the information to iPhone. See “Backing Up 
iPhone” on page 253.
See Chapter 29, “Accessibility,” on page 235.
Info Pane
accounts, and web browser.
Contacts
 
Sync contacts with applications such as Mac OS X Address Book, Yahoo! Address 
Book, and Google Contacts on a Mac, or with Yahoo! Address Book, Google Contacts, 
Windows Address Book (Outlook Express), Windows Contacts (Vista and Windows 7), 
or Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync contacts 
with multiple applications. On a PC, you can sync contacts with one application at a 
time.)
new login information when you change your Yahoo! ID or password after you’ve 
set up syncing.
Calendars
 
Sync calendars from applications such as iCal on a Mac, or from Microsoft Outlook 
2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync calendars with multiple 
applications. On a PC, you can sync calendars with only one application at a time.)
Mail Accounts
 
Sync email account settings from Mail on a Mac, and from Microsoft Outlook 2003, 
2007, or 2010 or Outlook Express on a PC. Account settings are transferred only from 
your computer to iPhone. Changes you make to an email account on iPhone don’t 
Note:  The password for your Yahoo! email account isn’t saved on your computer, 
so it can’t be synced and must be entered on iPhone. In Settings, choose “Mail, 
Contacts, Calendars,” tap your Yahoo! account, and enter the password.
Web Browser
 
You can sync bookmarks on iPhone with Safari on a Mac, or with Safari or Microsoft 
Internet Explorer on a PC.
59
Chapter 4    Syncing and File Sharing

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Notes 
Sync notes in the Notes app on iPhone with notes in Mail on a Mac or with 
Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC.
Advanced
 
These options let you replace the information on iPhone with the information on 
your computer during the next sync.
Apps Pane
Use the Apps Pane to sync App Store apps, arrange apps on the iPhone Home screen, 
or copy documents between iPhone and your computer.
Select “Automatically sync new apps” to sync new apps to iPhone that you 
downloaded or synced from another device. If you delete an app on iPhone, you can 
reinstall it from the Apps pane as long as it was previously synced.
copy those documents to your computer. You can also copy documents from your 
File 
Sharing” on page 62.
Ringtones Pane
Use the Ringtones pane to select the ringtones you want to sync to iPhone.
Music, Movies, TV Shows, Podcasts, iTunes U, and Books Panes
Use these panes to specify the media you want to sync. You can sync all music, movies, 
TV shows, podcasts, iTunes U collections, books and audiobooks, or select the content 
you want.
If you create a playlist folder (collection of playlists) in iTunes, the folder and its playlists 
will be synced to iPhone. You can’t create playlist folders directly on iPhone. 
If you listen to part of a podcast or audiobook, your place in the story is included if you 
sync the content with iTunes. If you started listening to the story on iPhone, you can 
If you want to watch a rented movie from your computer on iPhone, sync it to iPhone 
using the Movies pane in iTunes.
Only songs and videos encoded in formats that iPhone supports are synced to iPhone. 
For information about which formats iPhone supports, go to www.apple.com/iphone/
specs.html.
Important:  If you delete an item from iTunes, it will also be deleted from iPhone the 
next time you sync.
60 Chapter 4    Syncing and File Sharing

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Photos Pane
On a Mac, you can sync photos with Aperture or iPhoto 4.0.3 or later, and videos with 
iPhoto 6.0.6 or later. On a PC, you can sync photos with Adobe Photoshop Elements 
8.0 or later. You can also sync photos and videos from any Mac or PC folder that 
contains images.
Automatic iTunes Syncing
By default, iPhone syncs whenever you connect it to iTunes. You can prevent iPhone 
from syncing when you connect iPhone to a computer other than the one you usually 
sync with.
52./?!54/-!4)#39.#).'&/2)(/.%
 1  Connect iPhone to your computer.
 2  In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen.
 3  Deselect “Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected.”
Prevent automatic syncing for all iPods, iPhones, and iPads:  
 1  In iTunes, choose iTunes > Preferences (on a Mac) or Edit > Preferences (on a PC).
 2  Click Devices, then select “Prevent iPods, iPhones, and iPads from syncing 
automatically.”
If this checkbox is selected, iPhone won’t sync, even if “Open iTunes when this iPhone 
is connected” is selected in the Summary pane.
Prevent automatic syncing one time, without changing settings:  Open iTunes, 
connect iPhone to your computer, then press and hold Command-Option (on a Mac) 
or Shift-Control (on a PC) until you see iPhone appear in the sidebar.
Sync manually:  In iTunes, select iPhone in the sidebar, then click Sync in the bottom-
right corner of the window. Or, if you’ve changed any sync settings, click Apply.
Manually Managing Content
The manually managing feature lets you choose just the music, videos, and podcasts 
you want to have on iPhone.
Set up iPhone for manually managing content:  
 1  Connect iPhone to your computer.
 2  In iTunes, select iPhone in the sidebar.
 3  Click Summary at the top of the screen and select “Manually manage music and 
videos.”
 4 Click Apply.
61
Chapter 4    Syncing and File Sharing

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Add items to iPhone:  Drag a song, video, podcast, or playlist in your iTunes library to 
iPhone (in the sidebar). Shift-click or Command-click (Mac) or Control-click (Windows) 
to select multiple items to add at the same time.
iTunes syncs the content immediately. If you deselect “Manually manage music and 
videos,” the content you added manually is removed from iPhone the next time iTunes 
syncs content.
Remove items from iPhone:  With iPhone connected to your computer, select iPhone 
in the iTunes sidebar, and click its disclosure triangle to show contents. Select a 
content area, such as Music or Movies, then select the items you want to delete and 
press the Delete key on the keyboard.
Removing an item from iPhone doesn’t delete it from your iTunes library.
Note:  Genius does not work if you manually manage content. See “Using Genius on 
iPhone” on page 102.
Transferring Purchased Content to Another Computer
You can transfer content on iPhone that was purchased using iTunes on one 
computer to an iTunes library on another authorized computer. The computer must be 
authorized to play content purchased using your Apple ID.
Authorize a computer:  Open iTunes on the computer and choose Store > Authorize 
Computer.
Transfer purchased content:  Connect iPhone to the other computer. In iTunes, choose 
File > Transfer Purchases from iPhone.
File Sharing
each app, the Files list shows the documents that are on iPhone. See the app’s 
2!.3&%2!=,%&2/-)(/.%4/9/52#/-054%2
 1  Connect iPhone to your computer.
 2  In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen.
 3  In the File Sharing section, select an app from the list on the left.
 4 
destination on your computer.
62 Chapter 4    Syncing and File Sharing

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
2!.3&%2!=,%&2/-9/52#/-054%24/)(/.%
 1  Connect iPhone to your computer.
 2  In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen.
 3  In the File Sharing section, click Add.
 4 
%,%4%!=,%&2/-)(/.%
63
Chapter 4    Syncing and File Sharing

Phone 5
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Phone Calls
Making a call on iPhone is as simple as tapping a name and number in your contacts, 
tapping one of your favorites, or tapping a recent call to return it.
Making Calls
Buttons at the bottom of the Phone screen give you quick access to your favorites, 
recent calls, your contacts, and a numeric keypad for dialing manually.
WARNING:  For important information about driving safely, see the Important Product 
Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
4-"%1/&-)22%$#!,,2
4-"%1/&4.(%!1$
5/)#%-!),-%22!'%2
Use Contacts to call someone Tap Contacts, choose a contact, then tap a phone 
number.
Call a favorite Tap Favorites, then choose a contact.
Return a recent call Tap Recents, then tap a name or number in the 
list. If the call was a FaceTime video call (indicated 
by  ), tap the item to make a new 
video call.
Dial a number 
64

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If you copy a phone number to the clipboard, you can paste it to the numeric keypad 
and dial it.
Paste a number to the keypad:  Tap the screen above the keyboard, then tap Paste. 
If the phone number you copied included letters, iPhone converts them to the 
appropriate digits.
Redial the last number you dialed:  
the number.
Voice Dialing
You can use Voice Control (iPhone 3GS or later) to call someone in your contacts or 
Note:  Voice Control may not be available in all languages.
Use Voice Control to make a phone call:  Press and hold the Home   button until the 
Voice Control screen appears and you hear a beep. Then use the commands described 
below to make a call. 
You can also press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones to use Voice 
Control.
Call someone in contacts Say “call” or “dial” then say the name of the person. 
If the person has more than one number, specify 
which one you want to call.
Examples:
 Call John Appleseed
 Call John Appleseed at home
 Call John Appleseed, mobile
Dial a number Say “call” or “dial,” then say the number.
For best results, speak the full name of the person you’re calling. If you speak only the 
those contacts you want to call. If there’s more than one number for the person you’re 
calling, say which number to use. Otherwise, iPhone asks you.
When voice dialing a number, speak each digit separately—for example, say “four one 
Note:  For the “800” area code in the U.S., you can say “eight hundred.”
Prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked:  In Settings, choose General > Passcode 
65
Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Receiving Calls
When you receive a call, tap Answer. If iPhone is locked, drag the slider. You can also 
press the center button on your iPhone earphones to answer a call.
%.3%1"433/.
Silence a call:  
still answer the call after silencing it, until it goes to voicemail.
Decline a call:  Do one of the following to send a call directly to voicemail.
 
.&&,%%0
!+%"433/.
Press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones for about two seconds.  
Tap Decline (if iPhone is awake when a call comes in). 
Block calls and maintain Wi-Fi access to the Internet:  In Settings, turn on Airplane 
Mode, then tap Wi-Fi to turn it on.
While On a Call
When you’re on a call, the screen shows call options.
The call options may vary, depending on which iPhone you’re using.
66 Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Mute your line Tap Mute. You can still hear the caller, but the 
caller can’t hear you.
Use the numeric keypad to enter information 
Use the speakerphone or a Bluetooth device Tap Speaker. The Button is labeled Audio Source 
when a Bluetooth device is available, which 
lets you select the Bluetooth device, iPhone, or 
Speaker Phone.
See contact information Tap Contacts.
Put a call on hold iPhone 4:  Touch and hold Mute.
iPhone 3G or iPhone 3GS:  Tap Hold.
Neither party can hear the other. When a call is 
on hold, tap Hold again to return to the call.
Make another call Tap Add Call.
You can use other apps during a call—to check your schedule in Calendar, for example.
Use another app during a call:  Press the Home   button, then tap an app icon. To 
return to the call, tap the green bar at the top of the screen.
Note:  Unless you have a 3G connection on a GSM model, you cannot use the Internet 
over a cellular data network when you’re on a call. You must have a Wi-Fi connection 
to use Internet apps while also talking on the phone.
End a call:  Tap End Call. Or press the center button on your iPhone earphones.
Second Calls
During a call, you can make or receive another call. If you receive a second call, iPhone 
beeps and shows the caller’s information and a list of options.
Note:  Making and receiving a second call may be an optional service in some 
countries or regions. Contact your carrier for more information.
Respond to a second incoming call:  
 To ignore the call and send it to voicemail, tap Ignore.
 $tap Hold Call + Answer.
 $tap End Call + Answer (GSM models) or 
tap End Call and drag the slider when the second call rings back (CDMA model). 
If you’re on a FaceTime video call, you can either end the video call and answer the 
incoming call, or decline the incoming call.
Make a second call:  
Switch between calls:  Tap Swap. The active call is put on hold.
67
Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
On a CDMA model, you can’t switch between calls if the second call was outgoing, 
but you can merge the calls to create a conference. If you end the second call, or the 
conference, both calls are terminated.
Create a conference call:  Tap Merge Calls. See “Conference Calls” on page 68 below. 
On a CDMA model, you can’t merge calls if the second call was incoming.
Conference Calls
You can talk to more than one person at a time, and merge a second call (on a CDMA 
Note:  Conference calling may be an optional service in some countries or regions. 
Contact your carrier for information.
Create a conference call:  
 1  Make a call.
 2 
 3  Tap Merge Calls. The calls are merged on one line and everyone can hear each other.
 4 
Drop one call (GSM models only.) Tap Conference and tap   
next to a call. Then tap End Call.
Talk privately with a call (GSM models only.) Tap Conference, then tap 
Private next to a call. Tap Merge Calls to resume 
the conference.
Add an incoming call (GSM models only.) Tap Hold Call + Answer, then 
tap Merge Calls.
If your service includes conference calling, iPhone always has a second line available in 
addition to the conference call.
Note:  You can’t make a FaceTime video call when you’re on a conference call.
FaceTime
FaceTime video calls let you see as well as hear the person you’re talking to. Both the 
caller and recipient must have an iPhone 4 or an iPod touch (4th generation), and a 
Wi-Fi connection. No setup is needed for FaceTime on iPhone 4. By default, FaceTime 
uses the front camera so the person you’re calling can see your face. Switch to the 
main camera to share what you see around you.
Note:  FaceTime may not be available in all countries or regions.
How you make a FaceTime video call depends on whether you’re calling another 
iPhone 4 or an iPod touch (4th generation).
Make a FaceTime call:  
68 Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
To an iPhone 4:  Call the person’s phone number, then tap FaceTime. 
Or, in Contacts, tap FaceTime.
To an iPod touch (4th generation):  In Contacts, tap FaceTime.
The contact information must include the email address that the person you’re calling 
uses to sign in to FaceTime.
 appears on the FaceTime button in Contacts if you’ve previously had a FaceTime 
call with that person.
!+%!
!#%)-%
5)$%/#!,,
The person you’re calling must accept the video call by tapping Accept.
Make a FaceTime call using Voice Control:  Press and hold the Home button until the 
Voice Control screen appears and you hear a beep. Then say “FaceTime,” followed by 
the name of the person to call.
If you had a previous FaceTime video call with someone, you can make another video 
call to that person by tapping the entry for that call in Recents. Previous FaceTime 
video calls are indicated by  . 
69
Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
When the voice call is established, you see the image from the other person’s iPhone. 
A picture-in-picture window shows the image from your iPhone that the other person 
sees. You can drag the window to any corner. You can use FaceTime in portrait or 
landscape orientation.
Video calls use the top microphone on iPhone.
If you move away from your Wi-Fi network, or it otherwise becomes unavailable, you’ll 
get an option to redial the number for a voice call.
Note:  When you make a FaceTime video call, your phone number is displayed even if 
Mute a FaceTime video call Tap   at the bottom of the screen. You can still 
hear and see the caller. The caller can see, but not 
hear you.
Switch between the front and main cameras Tap   at the bottom of the screen.
Use another app during a FaceTime video call Press the Home   button, then tap an app icon. 
You can still talk, but won’t see each other. To 
return to the video call, tap the green bar at the 
top of the screen.
End a FaceTime video call Tap   at the bottom of the screen.
52.!#%)-%/./2/?In Settings, choose Phone and tap the FaceTime switch. 
FaceTime is on by default.
You can also disable FaceTime in Restrictions. See “Restrictions” on page 202.
70 Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Using a Bluetooth Device for Calls
You can make and receive calls using a Bluetooth device paired with iPhone. See 
“Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPhone” on page 51. 
For information about using a Bluetooth device to make and receive calls, see the 
documentation that came with the device.
Listen to calls through iPhone when a Bluetooth device is connected:  Do one of the 
following:
Answer a call by tapping the iPhone screen.
 
During a call, tap Audio on iPhone. Choose iPhone to hear calls through iPhone or  
Speaker Phone to use the speakerphone.
 
 
feet of a Bluetooth device for it to be connected to iPhone.
Emergency Calls
If iPhone is locked with a passcode, you may still be able to make an emergency call.
Make an emergency call when iPhone is locked:  On the Enter Passcode screen, tap 
Emergency Call, then dial the number using the numeric keypad.
In the U.S., location information (if available) is provided to emergency service 
providers when you dial 911.
On a CDMA model, when an emergency call ends, iPhone enters “Emergency call 
mode,” to allow a call back from emergency services. While in this mode, data 
transmission and text messages are blocked. To exit emergency call mode, tap the 
  button, or use the 
keypad to dial a non-emergency call. Emergency call mode also ends automatically 
after a few minutes, as determined by your carrier.
Important:  You should not rely on wireless devices for essential communications, 
such as medical emergencies. Use of any cellular phone to call emergency services 
may not work in all locations. Emergency numbers and services vary by country or 
region. Only emergency numbers valid in the country or region where you’re making 
the call will work, and sometimes an emergency call cannot be placed due to network 
unavailability or environmental interference. Some cellular networks may not accept 
an emergency call from iPhone if it doesn’t have a SIM card or if the SIM card is locked 
(GSM models), or if you haven’t activated your iPhone. If you’re on a FaceTime video 
call, you must end that call before you can call an emergency number.
71
Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Visual Voicemail
On iPhone, visual voicemail lets you see a list of your messages and choose which ones 
to listen to or delete, without having to listen to instructions or prior messages.
Note:  Visual voicemail may not be available in all countries or regions, or may be an 
optional service. Contact your carrier for more information. If visual voicemail isn’t 
available, tap Voicemail and follow the voice prompts to retrieve your messages.
-&*(&"++%%+'-'!*
.("&"%&++ +))*+(',!
(&+*'!('"('
Setting Up Voicemail
and record your voicemail greeting.
Change your greeting:  
1Tap Voicemail, tap Greeting, then tap Custom.
2Tap Record when you’re ready to start.
3
To rerecord, repeat steps 2 and 3.
4Tap Save.
Use your carrier’s default greeting Tap Voicemail, tap Greeting, then tap Default.
Set an alert sound for new voicemail In Settings, choose Sounds and turn New 
Voicemail on. The alert sounds once for each new 
won’t sound alerts.
Change the voicemail password In Settings, choose Phone > Change Voicemail 
Password.
Checking Voicemail
When you tap Phone, iPhone shows the number of missed calls and unheard 
voicemail messages.
4-"%1/&-)22%$#!,,2
4-"%1/&4.(%!1$
5/)#%-!),-%22!'%2
72 Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Tap Voicemail to see a list of your messages.
+)03/!.80/).3).
!-%22!'%1!'3(%
0,!8(%!$
.(%!1$
-%22!'%2 ,!8!42%
/.3!#3).&/
#14""%1"!1
0%!+%10(/.%4$)/
6(%.!,4%3//3($%5)#%
)2#/..%#3%$!03/
#(//2%!4$)//43043
%341.3(%#!,,
Listen to a message:  Tap the message. (If you’ve already heard the message, tap the 
message again to replay it.) Use   and   to pause and resume playback.
Once you listen to a message, it’s saved until your carrier erases it.
Check voicemail from another phone:  Dial your own number or your carrier’s remote 
access number.
Deleting Messages
Select a message, then tap Delete.
Listen to a deleted message Tap Deleted Messages (at the end of the list), 
then tap the message.
Undelete a message Tap Deleted Messages (at the end of the list), 
then tap the message and tap Undelete.
Delete messages permanently Tap Deleted Messages (at the end of the list), 
then tap Clear All.
Note:  In some countries or regions, deleted visual voicemail messages may be 
permanently erased by your carrier.
Getting Contact Information
Visual voicemail saves the date and time of the call, the length of the message, and 
any available contact information.
See a caller’s contact information:  Tap   next to a message.
You can use the information to email or text the caller, or update contact info.
73
Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Contacts
From a contact’s Info screen, a quick tap lets you make a phone call, create a new email 
Searching Contacts” on 
page 220.
Favorites
Favorites gives you quick access to your most-used phone numbers.
Add a contact’s phone number to your favorites list:  Tap Contacts and choose a 
contact. Then tap “Add to Favorites” and choose the phone number or email address 
you want to add. On iPhone 4, choose whether to save the favorite as a voice call or as 
a FaceTime call. If you save the contact as a FaceTime call,   appears with the name in 
the favorites list.
If someone already in your contacts calls you, you can add their name to favorites from 
the recents list.
Add a contact to favorites from the recents list:  Tap Recents and tap   next to the 
contact’s name, then tap “Add to Favorites.”
Call a contact from your favorites Tap Favorites and choose a contact. If   appears 
next to a name, you can tap the name to make a 
FaceTime call.
Delete a contact from your favorites Tap Favorites and tap Edit. Then tap   next to a 
contact or number and tap Remove.
Reorder your favorites list Tap Favorites and tap Edit. Then drag   next to a 
contact to a new place in the list.
Call Forwarding, Call Waiting, and Caller ID
iPhone supports call forwarding, call waiting, and caller ID.
Call Forwarding
You can set iPhone to forward incoming calls to another number. For example, you 
may be on vacation and want all calls to go somewhere else. If you’re going to an area 
with no cellular coverage, you may want to forward calls to a place where you can be 
reached.
Note:  FaceTime calls are not forwarded.
On GSM models, use the Call Forwarding setting to forward incoming calls to another 
number.
Forward incoming calls (GSM models):
 1  In Settings, choose Phone > Call Forwarding, then turn on Call Forwarding.
74 Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 2  On the “Forward to” screen, enter the phone number you want calls forwarded to.
When Call Forwarding is on, the call forwarding ( ) icon appears in the status bar at 
the top of the screen (GSM models only). You must be in range of the cellular network 
when you set iPhone to forward calls, or calls won’t be forwarded.
Turn on call forwarding (CDMA model):  On the Phone keypad, enter *72, then tap 
Call.
52./?#!,,&/27!2$).'-/$%,On the Phone keypad, enter *73, then tap 
Call.
Call Waiting
Call waiting lets you know that you’re receiving another call when you’re already on 
the phone. You can choose to ignore the incoming call, put the current call on hold 
and answer the incoming call, or end the current call and answer the incoming call. 
52.#!,,7!)4).'/./2/?-/$%,3In Settings, choose Phone > Call Waiting, 
On a CDMA model, call waiting is on by default. You can disable call waiting for a call 
you’re making by appending a special code to the number with you dial it.
Disable call waiting for a call (CDMA model):  Enter *70 at the end of the number 
you’re dialing.
To disable call waiting for another call, you must again append *70 to the number 
when you dial it.
Caller ID
Caller ID displays your name or phone number to the person you call, if the recepient’s 
equipment has that capability and you haven’t blocked caller ID on your phone 
service.
Note:  When you make a FaceTime call, your phone number is displayed even if your 
52.#!,,/./2/?-/$%,3In Settings, choose Phone > Show My Caller ID, 
On a CDMA model, caller ID is on by default. You can block your ID for a call you’re 
making by appending a special code to the number when you dial it.
75
Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Disable caller ID for a call (CDMA model):  Enter *67 at the end of the number you’re 
dialing.
Ringtones and the Ring/Silent Switch 
iPhone comes with ringtones you can use for incoming calls, Clock alarms, and the 
Clock timer. You can also purchase ringtones from songs in iTunes.
Ring/Silent Switch and Vibrate Modes
52.4(%2).'%2/./2/?Flip the switch on the side of iPhone.
).'
),%.3
Important:  Clock alarms still sound even if you set the Ring/Silent switch to silent.
Set iPhone to vibrate:  In Settings, choose Sounds. Separate controls let you set vibrate 
for both ring mode and silent mode.
For more information, see “Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch” on page 196.
Setting Ringtones
You can set the default ringtone for calls, and for Clock alarms and timers. You can also 
assign individual ringtones to contacts so you know who’s calling.
Set the default ringtone:  In Settings, choose Sounds > Ringtone, then choose a 
ringtone.
Assign a ringtone to a contact:  From Phone, tap Contacts and choose a contact. Tap 
Edit, then tap Ringtone and choose a ringtone.
Purchasing Ringtones
You can purchase ringtones from the iTunes Store on iPhone. See “Purchasing 
Ringtones” on page 172.
76 Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
International Calls
Making International Calls from Your Home Area
For information about making international calls from your home area, including rates 
and other charges that may apply, contact your carrier or go to your carrier’s website.
Using iPhone Abroad
(GSM models only.) You can use iPhone to make calls in many countries around the 
world. iPhone 3GS and iPhone 4 are multi-band phones, ensuring broad international 
coverage.
Enable international roaming:  Contact your carrier for information about availability 
and fees.
%4)(/.%4/!$$4(%#/22%#402%=87(%.$)!,).'&2/-!./4(%2#/5.429In Settings, 
tap Phone, then turn International Assist on. This lets you make calls to your home 
country using the numbers in your contacts and favorites, without having to add a 
When you make a call using International Assist, “International Assist” appears on the 
iPhone screen, alternating with the “calling …” message, until your call is connected.
Note:  International Assist may not be available in all areas.
Set the carrier to use:  In Settings, tap Carrier, then select the carrier you prefer. This 
option is available only when you’re traveling outside your carrier’s network. You can 
make calls only on carriers that have roaming agreements with your iPhone service 
provider. For more information, see “Carrier” on page 196.
Important:  Voice and data roaming charges may apply. To avoid data roaming charges, 
52.!4!/!-).'/./2/?In Settings, choose General > Network, then tap to turn 
your carrier’s network by disabling data transmission over the cellular network. You 
can still access the Internet if you have a Wi-Fi connection. If Wi-Fi network access isn’t 
available, however, you cannot:
Make or receive FaceTime video calls
 
Send or receive email 
Browse the Internet 
Sync your contacts, calendars, or bookmarks with MobileMe or Exchange 
Stream YouTube videos 
Get stock quotes 
Get map locations 
77
Chapter 5    Phone

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Get weather reports 
Purchase music or apps 
Other third-party apps that use data roaming may also be disabled.
receive text messages. Voice roaming charges may apply. Visual voicemail is delivered 
if there’s no charge; if your carrier charges for delivery of visual voicemail when 
To enable email, web browsing, and other data services, turn Data Roaming on.
Important:  If Data Roaming is turned on, you may incur charges when roaming 
outside your carrier’s network for the use of any of the features listed above, as well as 
for delivery of visual voicemail. Check with your carrier for information about roaming 
charges.
52./?%,,5,!2!4!In Settings, choose General > Network, then tap the Cellular 
Get voicemail when visual voicemail isn’t available:  Dial your own number, or touch 
and hold “1” on the numeric keypad.
access to the Internet, while preventing voice roaming charges. 
3%!)20,!.%-/$%4/452./?#%,,5,!23%26)#%3In Settings, tap Airplane Mode to turn 
it on, then tap Wi-Fi and turn Wi-Fi on. See “Airplane Mode” on page 193.
Incoming phone calls are sent to voicemail. To make and receive calls again and get 
78 Chapter 5    Phone

Mail 6
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Mail works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular email 
systems—including Yahoo!, Google, and AOL—as well as other industry-standard 
POP3 and IMAP email systems. You can send and receive photos, videos, and graphics, 
and view PDFs and other attachments. You can also print messages, and attachments 
that open in Quick Look.
Setting Up Email Accounts
You can set up email accounts on iPhone in either of the following ways:
Set up an account directly on iPhone. See “ Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar 
Accounts” on page 25.
In iTunes, use the iPhone settings panes to sync email accounts settings from your  
computer. See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 58.
Checking and Reading Email
The Mail icon on the Home screen shows the number of unread messages in your 
inboxes. You may have other unread messages in other mailboxes.
-&*(-'*
&"%+"'1(-*"'(0+
79

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
In Mail, the Mailboxes screen gives you quick access to all your inboxes and other 
mailboxes. Tap an inbox for an account to see its messages. To see incoming messages 
for all your accounts, tap All Inboxes. If you have only one mail account set up and 
turned on, then you’ll see only one inbox on the Mailboxes screen.
4-"%1/&4.1%!$
-%22!'%2
.#/-).'
-%22!'%2&/1!,,
!##/4.32
When you open a mailbox, Mail retrieves and displays the most recent messages, and 
shows the number of unread messages at the top of the screen. Unread messages 
have a blue dot   next to them. The number of messages retrieved is determined by 
your Mail settings. See “Mail” on page 210.
If you organize messages by thread, related messages appear as a single entry in the 
mailbox. Message threads have a number next to the right arrow, showing the number 
of messages in the thread. A blue dot indicates that one or more messages in the 
thread are unread. The message displayed is the oldest unread message, or the most 
recent message if all the messages are read.
.1%!$-%22!'%2
4-"%1/&
-%22!'%2).
3(1%!$
See messages in a thread:  Tap the thread in the mailbox. 
Read a message:  Tap a message. Within a message, tap   or   to see the next or 
previous message.
52.;2'!.):%9(2%!$</./2/?In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” 
Mail” on page 210.
80 Chapter 6    Mail

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If you have more than one account set up and turned on, the Accounts section of the 
Mailboxes screen provides access to your accounts. Tap an account to see its folders 
and mailboxes, including its inbox. If you have only one account set up and turned on, 
the folders and mailboxes for the account appear on the Mailboxes screen. 
4-"%1/&4.1%!$
-%22!'%2
!03/2%%!,,8/41
%-!),!##/4.32
Check for new messages:  Choose a mailbox, or tap   at any time.
Load additional messages:  Scroll to the bottom of the list of messages and tap Load 
More Messages.
Zoom in on part of a message Double-tap an area of the message. Double-tap 
again to zoom out. Or pinch apart or together to 
zoom in or out.
%3):%!.9#/,5-./&4%844/=44(%3#2%%. Double-tap the text.
See all the recipients of a message Tap Details.
Tap a name or email address to see the recipient’s 
contact information. Then tap a phone number, 
email address, or text message to contact the 
person. Tap Hide to hide the recipients.
Add an email recipient to your contacts list Tap the message and, if necessary, tap Details 
to see the recipients. Then tap a name or email 
address and tap Create New Contact or “Add to 
Existing Contact.”
Mark a message as unread Open the message and tap “Mark as Unread.”
A blue dot   appears next to the message in the 
mailbox list until you open it again.
Open a meeting invitation:  Tap the invitation.
You can get contact information for the organizer and other invitees, set an alert, add 
notes to the event, and add comments that are included in your response emailed 
to the organizer. You can accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation. See 
“Responding to Meeting Invitations” on page 118.
81
Chapter 6    Mail

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
52.53(/./2/?In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Fetch New Data, 
Fetch New Data” on page 209.
Using Links and Detected Data
iPhone detects web links, phone numbers, email addresses, and other types of 
information that you can use to open a webpage, make a phone call, create a 
preaddressed email message, create or add information to a contact, or perform some 
other useful action. Detected data appears as blue underlined text. Tap the data to use 
its default action, or touch and hold it to see other actions.
Link or image Tap to open the webpage in Safari.
Touch and hold to:
 Open the webpage in Safari
 Copy the link
Phone number Tap the number, then tap Call to dial the number.
Touch and hold to:
 Dial the number
 Send a text message
 Create a new contact with the number
 Add the number to an existing contact
Address Tap to display the location in Maps.
Touch and hold to:
 Display the location in Maps
 Create a new contact with the address
 Add the address to an existing contact
 Copy the address
Email address Tap to create a new preaddressed email message.
Touch and hold to:
 Create a new email message
 Create a new contact with the address
 Add the address to an existing contact
 Copy the address
Day, date, or time Tap the item, then tap Create Event to create an 
event in Calendar.
Tracking number (may not be available in all 
countries or regions)
Tap to open the shipper’s webpage for the status 
of a package.
82 Chapter 6    Mail

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Viewing Attachments
iPhone displays image attachments in many commonly used formats (JPEG, GIF, and 
TIFF) inline with the text in email messages. iPhone can play many types of audio 
PowerPoint documents) that are attached to messages you receive.
)%7!.!44!#(%$=,%Tap the attachment to open it in Quick Look.
  (if it appears at the end 
of the message in a dotted box with the document name).
),,!&',
,((/'%(
You can view attachments in portrait or landscape orientation.
.doc Microsoft Word
.docx Microsoft Word (XML)
.htm webpage
.html webpage
.key 
.numbers Numbers
.pages Pages
.pdf Preview, Adobe Acrobat
.ppt Microsoft PowerPoint
.pptx Microsoft PowerPoint (XML)
.rtf Rich Text Format
83
Chapter 6    Mail

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
.txt text
.vcf contact information
.xls Microsoft Excel
.xlsx Microsoft Excel (XML)
0%.!.!44!#(%$=,%7)4(!./4(%2!00Touch and hold the attachment, then 
choose an app. If no apps are available, you can choose to open the attachment in 
Quick Look.
Save an attached photo to your Camera Roll album:  Tap the photo, then tap Save 
Save an attached video to your Camera Roll album:  Touch and hold the attachment, 
then tap Save Video. If the video hasn’t been downloaded yet, tap the download 
Printing Messages and Attachments
You can print email messages, and attachments that can be viewed in Quick Look. 
Print an email message:  Tap  , then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, 
then set printer options such as number of copies and double-sided output (if the 
printer supports it). Then tap Print.
To print an inline image without the rest of the email message, save the image (tap the 
image and tap Save Image), then open Photos or Camera and print the image from 
your Camera Roll album.
Print an attachment:  Tap the attachment to view it in Quick Look, then tap   and tap 
Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, then set printer options such as the range of 
pages, number of copies, and double-sided output (if the printer supports it). Then tap 
Print.
For more information, see “Printing” on page 45.
Sending Email
You can send an email message to anyone who has an email address.
Compose and send a message:
 1 Tap  .
 2   to add a name from your 
contacts.
As you type an email address, matching email addresses from your contacts list appear 
below. Tap an address to add it. To add more names, tap Return or  . 
84 Chapter 6    Mail

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Note:  If you’re composing a message from your Microsoft Exchange account and 
have access to your enterprise Global Address List (GAL), matching addresses from the 
 3  Tap Cc/Bcc/From if you want to copy or blind copy the message to others, or change 
the account you send the message from. If you have more than one email account, 
change the account or alias you’re sending from.
 4  Enter a subject, then your message.
 5 Tap Send.
Send a photo or video (iPhone 3GS or later) in 
an email message
In Photos, choose a photo or video, tap  , then 
tap Email Photo or Email Video. You can also copy 
and paste photos and videos.
To send multiple photos or videos at the same 
time, tap   when viewing thumbnails in an 
album, then tap to select the photos and videos, 
tap Share, and tap Email.
Paste and send a photo or video in an email 
message
In Photos, touch and hold a photo or video until 
the Copy command appears. Tap Copy. Go to 
Mail and create a new message. Tap to place 
the insertion point where you want the video, 
then tap the insertion point to display the edit 
commands and tap Paste.
To copy multiple videos, in Photos, open an 
album, tap  , tap to select photos and videos, 
then tap Copy.
Save a draft of a message to complete later Tap Cancel, then tap Save. The message is saved 
in the Drafts mailbox.
Open the most recently saved draft Touch and hold   to open the most recently 
saved draft from the last account you were 
working in.
85
Chapter 6    Mail

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Reply to a message Tap  . Tap Reply to reply only to the sender 
or tap Reply All to reply to the sender and all 
recipients. Type your return message, then tap 
Send.
Files or images attached to the initial message 
aren’t sent back.
Forward a message Open a message and tap  , then tap Forward. 
Add one or more email addresses, type your 
message, then tap Send.
When you forward a message, you can include 
message.
Share contact information In Contacts, choose a contact, tap Share Contact 
at the bottom of the Info screen, then tap Email.
Organizing Email
You can organize messages in any mailbox, folder, or search results window. You 
can delete messages one at a time, or select a group to delete all at once. You can 
also move messages from one mailbox or folder to another in the same account or 
Delete a message:  Open the message and tap  .
You can also delete a message directly from the mailbox message list by swiping left 
or right over the message title, then tapping Delete.
/2(/63(%
%,%3%"433/.
26)0%,%&3/1
1)'(3/5%1
3(%-%22!'%
Note:  For Google accounts, tap Archive. Messages aren’t deleted, but are moved to 
your account archive.
86 Chapter 6    Mail

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Delete multiple messages:  When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the 
messages you want to delete, then tap Delete.
Move a message to another mailbox or folder:  When viewing a message, tap  , then 
choose a mailbox or folder.
Tap Accounts to choose a mailbox or folder for another account.
Move multiple messages:  When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the 
messages you want to move, then tap Move and choose a mailbox or folder.
Searching Email
downloaded messages in the currently open mailbox. For MobileMe, Exchange, and 
some IMAP mail accounts, you can also search messages on the server.
Search email messages:  Open a mailbox, scroll to the top, and enter text in the Search 
Search results for the messages already downloaded to iPhone appear automatically 
as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results.
Search messages on the server:  Tap “Continue Search on Server” at the end of the 
search results.
Note:  Search results of messages on servers may vary depending on the type of 
account. Some servers may search only whole words.
87
Chapter 6    Mail

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Mail messages are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on 
page 47.
88 Chapter 6    Mail

Safari 7
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Safari lets you surf the web and view webpages on iPhone as if you were on your 
computer. Create bookmarks on iPhone and sync them with your computer. Add 
web clips to quickly access your favorite sites directly from the Home screen. Print 
webpages, PDFs, and other documents that open in Quick Look.
Viewing Webpages
You can view webpages in either portrait or landscape orientation. Rotate iPhone and 
Opening Webpages
Open a webpage:  
As you type, web addresses that start with those letters appear. These are bookmarked 
if you want to enter a web address that’s not in the list.
2!3%4(%4%84).4(%!$$2%33=%,$ .
89

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Zooming and Scrolling
Zoom in or out:  Double-tap a column on a webpage to expand the column. Double-
tap again to zoom out.
You can also pinch to zoom in or out manually.
Scroll around a webpage Drag up, down, or sideways. When scrolling, 
you can touch and drag anywhere on the page 
without activating any links.
Scroll within a frame on a webpage 
webpage.
Scroll quickly to the top of a webpage Tap the status bar at the top of the iPhone screen.
Navigating Webpages
Links on webpages typically take you to another place on the web.
Follow a link on a webpage:  Tap the link.
You can also use web links to make a phone call, display a location in Maps, play 
streaming audio, or create a preaddressed Mail message. To return to Safari after a link 
opens another app, press the Home   button and tap Safari.
See a link’s destination address Touch and hold the link. The address pops up 
image to see if it has a link.
Stop a webpage from loading Tap  .
Reload a webpage Tap  .
Return to the previous or next page Tap   or   at the bottom of the screen.
90 Chapter 7    Safari

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Return to a recently viewed page Tap   and tap History. To clear the history list, 
tap Clear.
Create a preaddressed Mail message Touch and hold an email web link, then tap New 
Message.
Create a new or add to an existing contact Touch and hold a web link containing contact 
information, then tap Create New Contact or Add 
to Existing Contact.
Send a webpage URL via email Tap   and tap “Mail Link to this Page.”
Save an image or photo to your Camera Roll 
album
Touch and hold the image, then tap Save Image.
Opening Multiple Pages
You can have up to eight pages open at a time. Some links automatically open a new 
page instead of replacing the current one.
The number inside the   at the bottom of the screen shows how many pages are 
open. If there’s no number inside, just one page is open. For example:
 = one page is open
 = three pages are open
Open a new page:  Tap   and tap New Page.
Go to another page:  Tap  
Close a page:  Tap   and tap  .
Entering Text and Filling Out Forms
information from Contacts. See “Safari” on page 214.
91
Chapter 7    Safari

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Bring up the keyboard 
/6%4/!./4(%24%84=%,$ 
button.
Submit a form 
Search. Most pages also have a link you can tap 
to submit the form.
Close the keyboard without submitting the 
form
Tap Done.
.!",%54/),,4/(%,09/5=,,/547%"&/2-3In Settings, choose Safari > AutoFill, 
then do one of the following:
 To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, then choose My Info and 
select the contact you want to use.
 To use information from names and passwords, turn Names & Passwords on.
When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you 
 To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All.
Searching
current webpage. As you type, suggested and recent searches appear.
Search the web:
 1 
 2  Type a word or phrase that describes what you’re looking for, then tap a suggestion 
from the list or tap Search.
 3  Tap a link in the list of search results to open a webpage.
Find the search word or phrase on the current webpage:  Scroll to the bottom of the 
By default, Safari searches using Google. You can use other search engines.
%4!&!2)4/3%!2#(53).'!$)?%2%.43%!2#(%.').%In Settings, choose Safari > 
Printing Webpages, PDFs, and Other Documents
You can print webpages, PDFs, and other documents that open in Quick Look from 
Safari.
92 Chapter 7    Safari

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Print a webpage, PDF, or Quick Look document:  Tap  , then tap Print. Tap Select 
Printer to select a printer, then set printer options such as number of copies and 
double-sided output (if the printer supports it). If you’re printing a PDF or other Quick 
Look document, you may be able to set the range of pages you want to print. Then tap 
Print.
For more information, see “Printing” on page 45.
Bookmarks
You can bookmark webpages you want to return to later.
Bookmark a webpage:  Open the page and tap  . Then tap Add Bookmark.
When you save a bookmark you can edit its title. By default, bookmarks are saved at 
the top level of Bookmarks. Tap Bookmarks to choose another folder.
If you use Safari on a Mac, or Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on a PC, you can sync 
bookmarks with the web browser on your computer.
Sync bookmarks with your computer:
 1  Connect iPhone to your computer.
 2  In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list.
 3  Click Info at the top of the screen, select “Sync … bookmarks” under Other, then click 
Apply.
See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 58.
Sync bookmarks with MobileMe:  In Settings on iPhone, select Bookmarks in your 
MobileMe account. See “Setting Up MobileMe Accounts” on page 25.
Open a bookmarked webpage:  Tap  , then choose a bookmark or tap a folder to 
see the bookmarks inside.
Edit a bookmark or bookmark folder:  Tap  , choose the folder that has the 
bookmark or folder you want to edit, then tap Edit. Then do one of the following:
 To make a new folder, tap New Folder.
 To delete a bookmark or folder, tap  , then tap Delete.
 To reposition a bookmark or folder, drag  .
 &tap the bookmark or folder.
93
Chapter 7    Safari

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Web Clips
Add web clips to the Home screen for fast access to your favorite webpages. Web clips 
appear as icons on the Home screen, and you can arrange your web clips along with 
the other icons. See “Customizing the Home Screen” on page 33.
Add a web clip:  Open the webpage and tap  . Then tap “Add to Home Screen.”
When you open a web clip, Safari automatically zooms and scrolls to the area of the 
webpage that was displayed when you saved the web clip. The displayed area is also 
used to create the icon for the web clip on your Home screen, unless the webpage 
comes with its own custom icon.
When you add a web clip, you can edit its name. If the name is too long (more than 
about 10 characters), it may appear abbreviated on the Home screen.
Web clips aren’t bookmarks, and aren’t synced by MobileMe or iTunes.
Delete a web clip:
 1  Touch and hold any icon on the Home screen until the icons start to jiggle.
 2 Tap   in the corner of the web clip you want to delete.
 3  Tap Delete, then press the Home   button to save your arrangement.
94 Chapter 7    Safari

iPod 8
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Use the iPod app to enjoy your favorite music, widescreen videos, and more. Browse 
your content on iPhone by playlists, artists, songs, videos, or other categories, or 
browse your album artwork using Cover Flow. Play your music on AirPlay speakers or 
sound systems, or watch your videos on a TV using AirPlay and Apple TV.
Getting Music, Videos, and More
There are two ways to get music, videos, and other content onto iPhone:
Transfer music, videos, and more onto iPhone by syncing content from iTunes on 
 
videos, podcasts, and iTunes U collections. See “Syncing with iTunes” on page 56.
Use the iTunes Store on iPhone to purchase and download songs, albums, TV shows,  
movies, music videos, ringtones, and audiobooks directly to iPhone. You can also 
stream and download audio and video podcasts, as well as iTunes U content. After 
listening to a podcast or watching a TV show, you can tap a built-in link to get more 
episodes from the iTunes Store. See Chapter 22, “iTunes Store,” on page 169.
Music and Other Audio
The high-resolution Multi-Touch display makes listening to songs on iPhone as much 
a visual experience as a musical one. You can scroll through your playlists, or use Cover 
Flow to browse your album artwork.
WARNING:  For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important 
Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
95

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Playing Songs and Other Audio
You can browse content on iPhone by playlists, artists, songs, videos, and other 
categories, or browse your album artwork using Cover Flow. Playlist folders, which you 
can sync from iTunes, let you organize playlists into groups.
Browse your collection:  Tap Playlists, Artists, or Songs. Tap More to browse Albums, 
Audiobooks, Compilations, Composers, Genres, iTunes U, Podcasts, or Videos.
You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you use 
more frequently. See “Changing the Browse Buttons” on page 108.
Get more podcast episodes:  
tap a podcast to see a list of episodes. Tap “Get More Episodes…” to see a list of more 
episodes in the iTunes Store.
Browse Genius Mixes:  
doesn’t appear, you need to turn on Genius in iTunes, and then sync iPhone with 
iTunes. See “Using Genius on iPhone” on page 102.
Play a song:  Tap the song.
(!+%4/3(5A%
change to another song.
“Music” on page 216.
Controlling Audio Playback
When you play a song, the Now Playing screen appears.
0,+,(*/*
%1-+
*$"+,
$
(%-&*."(-+
/"'
"*%1
96 Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Pause a song Tap  , or press the center button on the iPhone 
earphones.
Resume playback Tap  , or press the center button on the iPhone 
earphones.
Raise or lower the volume Drag the volume slider or use the buttons on 
the side of iPhone. You can also use the volume 
buttons on the iPhone earphones (iPhone 3GS 
or later).
Play music on an AirPlay sound system or Apple 
TV
Tap   and choose a sound system. If   doesn’t 
appear or if you don’t see the AirPlay system 
you’re looking for, make sure iPhone is on the 
same wireless network.
Switch from AirPlay back to iPhone Tap   and choose iPhone from the list.
Restart a song or a chapter in an audiobook or 
podcast
Tap  .
Skip to the next song or chapter in an 
audiobook or podcast
Tap  , or press the center button on the iPhone 
earphones twice quickly.
Go to the previous song or chapter in an 
audiobook or podcast
Tap   twice, or press the center button on the 
iPhone earphones three times quickly.
Rewind or fast-forward Touch and hold   or  . The longer you hold 
the control, the faster the song rewinds or fast-
forwards. On the iPhone earphones, press the 
center button twice quickly and hold to fast 
forward, or three times quickly and hold to 
rewind.
Return to the iPod browse lists Tap  , or swipe to the right over the album 
artwork.
Return to the Now Playing screen Tap Now Playing.
Display a song’s lyrics Tap the album artwork when playing a song. 
(Lyrics appear if you’ve added them to the song 
using the song’s Info window in iTunes.)
Display audio playback controls from another app or from the Lock screen 
(iPhone 3GS or later):  Double-click the Home  
along the bottom of the screen.
The controls operate the currently playing app, or the most recent app that played, if 
the audio is paused. The icon for the active app appears on the right. You can tap the 
icon to open the app.
97
Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If iPhone is locked and music is playing, double-click the Home button.
Note:  On iPhone 3G, if you’re listening to music while using another app, or if iPhone is 
locked, you can display the playback controls by double-clicking the Home   button. 
See “Home Button” on page 200. 
Additional Audio Controls
To display additional controls, tap the album artwork on the Now Playing screen.
see elapsed time, remaining time, and the song number. The song’s lyrics also appear, if 
you’ve added them to the song in iTunes.
Use the scrubber bar to skip to any point along the timeline. You can adjust the scrub 
along the scrubber bar.
%0%!3 (4&&,%
%.)42
#14""%1"!1
,!8(%!$
Set iPhone to repeat songs Tap  . Tap   again to set iPhone to repeat only 
the current song.
 = iPhone is set to repeat all songs in the 
current album or list.
 = iPhone is set to repeat the current song 
over and over.
 = iPhone isn’t set to repeat songs.
Skip to any point in a song Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Slide 
scrub rate becomes slower the farther down you 
Make a Genius playlist Tap  . The Genius playlist appears, with buttons 
that let you create a new Genius playlist, refresh 
the current one, or save the playlist. See “Using 
Genius on iPhone” on page 102.
%4)(/.%4/3(5A%3/.'3 Tap  . Tap   again to set iPhone to play songs 
in order.
 = iPhone is set to play songs in order.
98 Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
(5A%4(%42!#+3).!.90,!9,)34!,"5-/2/4(%2
list of songs
the songs from that list in random order.
Hide lyrics In Settings, choose iPod, then turn Lyrics & 
Podcast and Audiobook Controls
Additional controls and information appear on the Now Playing screen when you 
begin playback.
The email, 30-second repeat, and playback speed controls appear along with the 
scrubber bar. You can see elapsed time, remaining time, and the episode or chapter 
number.
Use the scrubber bar to skip to any point along the timeline. You can adjust the scrub 
along the scrubber bar.
#14""%1"!1 ,!8(%!$
,!8"!#+
20%%$
2%#/.$1%0%!3-!),
Send an email link to this podcast Tap  .
Skip to any point Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Slide 
scrub rate becomes slower the farther down you 
Play back the last 30 seconds Tap  . 
Set the playback speed Tap  . Tap again to change the speed.
 = Play at double speed.
 = Play at half speed.
 = Play at normal speed.
Show or hide the controls Tap in the center of the screen.
Hide podcast information In Settings, choose iPod, then turn Lyrics & 
99
Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Using Voice Control with iPod
You can use Voice Control (iPhone 3GS or later) to control music playback on iPhone. 
Note:  Voice Control may not be available in all languages.
Use Voice Control:  Press and hold the Home   button until the Voice Control screen 
appears and you hear a beep. Then use the commands described below to play songs. 
You can also press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones to bring up 
Voice Control.
Control music playback Say “play” or “play music.” To pause, say “pause” 
or “pause music.” You can also say “next song” or 
“previous song.”
Play an album, artist, or playlist Say “play,” then  say “album,” “artist,” or “playlist” 
and the name.
(5A%4(%#522%.40,!9,)34 
Find out more about the currently playing song Say “what’s playing,” “what song is this,” “who 
sings this song,” or “who is this song by.”
Use Genius to play similar songs Say “Genius,” “play more like this,” or “play more 
songs like this.”
Cancel Voice Control Say “cancel” or “stop.”
Browsing Album Artwork in Cover Flow
When you’re browsing music, you can rotate iPhone sideways to see your iTunes 
content in Cover Flow and browse your music by album artwork.
100 Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Browse album artwork Drag left or right.
See the tracks on an album Tap the album artwork or  .
Play any track Tap the track. Drag up or down to scroll through 
the tracks.
Return to the artwork Tap the title bar. Or tap   again.
Play or pause the current song Tap   or  . You can also press the center button 
on the iPhone earphones.
Viewing All Tracks on an Album
See all the tracks on the album that contains the current song:  On the Now Playing 
screen, tap  . Tap a track to play it. Tap the album artwork thumbnail to return to the 
Now Playing screen.
!3).'"!1
!#+3//6
,!8).'
2#1%%.
,"4-31!#+2
In track list view, you can assign ratings to songs. You can use ratings to create smart 
playlists in iTunes that dynamically update to include, for example, your highest rated 
songs.
Rate a song:  
101
Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Searching Audio Content
You can search the titles, artists, albums, and composers of songs, podcasts, and other 
content you’ve synced to iPhone.
Search music:  
or other view of your iPod content. (Tap the status bar to scroll quickly to the top of a 
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of 
the results.
Audio content is included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on 
page 47.
Using Genius on iPhone
collection of songs that are picked for you to go with a song you choose from your 
library. A Genius Mix is a selection of songs of the same kind of music. Genius Mixes 
are recreated each time you listen to them, so they’re always new and fresh.
You can create Genius playlists in iTunes and sync them to iPhone. You can also create 
and save Genius playlists directly on iPhone.
mixes depending on the variety of music you have in your iTunes library. For example, 
you may have Genius Mixes that highlight R&B songs, or Alternative Rock songs.
Genius Mixes are synced automatically, unless you manually manage your music and 
choose which mixes you want to sync in iTunes. Genius is a free service, but it requires 
an Apple ID.
When you sync a Genius Mix, iTunes may select and sync songs from your library that 
102 Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Browse Genius Mixes:  
of dots at the bottom of the screen shows the number of mixes you’ve synced from 
iTunes, and indicates which mix you’re viewing. Flick left or right to access your other 
mixes.
Play a Genius Mix:  Tap the mix or tap  .
Make a Genius playlist on iPhone:  
 1 
 2  Tap a song in the list. Genius creates a playlist with additional songs that go great with 
that song.
You can also make a Genius playlist of songs that go great with the song you’re 
playing. Tap the album artwork on the Now Playing screen to display additional 
controls, then tap  .
Save a Genius playlist:  In the playlist, tap Save. The playlist is saved in Playlists with 
the title of the song you picked.
You can make and save as many Genius playlists as you want. If you save a Genius 
playlist created on iPhone, it syncs back to iTunes the next time you connect.
Refresh a Genius playlist:  In the playlist, tap Refresh.
you picked. You can refresh any Genius playlist, whether it was created in iTunes and 
synced to iPhone, or created directly on iPhone.
!+%!%.)530,!9,)3453).'!$)?%2%.43/.'Tap Genius Playlist, then tap New and 
pick a song.
Delete a saved Genius playlist:  Tap the Genius playlist, then tap Delete.
Once a Genius playlist is synced back to iTunes, you won’t be able to delete it directly 
from iPhone. You can use iTunes to edit the playlist name, stop syncing, or delete the 
playlist.
103
Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Creating Playlists
You can create and edit your own playlists on iPhone. You can also edit playlists synced 
from iTunes on your computer.
Create a playlist:
 1 
 2  Type a name for your playlist, then tap Save.
 3  Browse for songs using the buttons at the bottom of the screen. Tap any song or video 
to add it to the playlist. Tap Add All Songs at the top of any list of songs to add all the 
songs in the list.
 4 
When you make a playlist and then sync iPhone to your computer, the playlist is 
synced to your iTunes library.
Edit a playlist:
 1 
edit.
 2  Tap Edit, then do one of the following:
 To move a song higher or lower in the list, drag   next to the song.
 To delete a song from the playlist, tap   next to a song, then tap Delete. Deleting a 
song from a playlist doesn’t delete it from iPhone.
 To add more songs, tap  .
 3 
When you edit a playlist and then sync iPhone to your computer, the playlist is synced 
to your iTunes library.
Delete a playlist:  In Playlists, tap the playlist you want to delete, then tap Delete (scroll 
Clear a playlist:  In Playlists, tap the playlist you want to clear, then tap Clear (scroll to 
Videos
With iPhone, you can view video content such as movies, music videos, and video 
podcasts. If a video contains chapters, you can skip to the next or previous chapter, 
or bring up a list and start playing at any chapter that you choose. If a video provides 
alternate language features, you can choose an audio language or display subtitles.
Playing Videos
Play a video:  
104 Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Display playback controls:  Tap the screen to show the controls. Tap again to hide 
them.
Get more podcast or TV show episodes:  
visible), then tap a podcast or TV show to see a list of episodes. Tap “Get More 
Episodes…” to see a list of more episodes in the iTunes Store.
Controlling Video Playback
Videos play in landscape orientation to take full advantage of the widescreen display.
The scrubber bar lets you skip to any point along the timeline. You can adjust the 
bar.
%1!
*-**
%1-+
0,+,
(*/*
%
+,*,/"' (%-&
"*%1
Pause a video Tap  , or press the center button on the iPhone 
earphones (iPhone 3GS).
Resume playback Tap  , or press the center button on the iPhone 
earphones (iPhone 3GS).
Raise or lower the volume Drag the volume slider. You can also use the 
volume buttons on the iPhone earphones 
(iPhone 3GS or later).
Play a video on Apple TV using AirPlay Tap   and choose an Apple TV. If   doesn’t 
appear or if you don’t see the Apple TV you’re 
looking for, make sure iPhone is on the same 
wireless network.
Switch from AirPlay back to iPhone Tap   and choose iPhone from the list.
Skip to the next chapter (if available) Tap  , or press the center button on the iPhone 
earphones (iPhone 3GS or later) twice quickly.
Go to the previous chapter (if available) Tap  , or press the center button on the iPhone 
earphones (iPhone 3GS or later) three times 
quickly.
4!240,!9).'!4!30%#)=##(!04%2)&!6!),!",% Tap  , then choose a chapter from the list.
105
Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Rewind or fast-forward Touch and hold   or  .
Skip to any point in a video Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Slide 
scrub rate becomes slower the farther down you 
4/07!4#().'!6)$%/"%&/2%)4=.)3(%30,!9).' Tap Done. Or press the Home   button.
#!,%!6)$%/4/=,,4(%3#2%%./2=44/4(%
screen
Tap    
screen.
sides or top may be cropped from view. When 
bars on the sides or above and below the video.
Select an alternate audio language (if available) Tap  , then choose a language from the Audio 
list.
Show or hide subtitles (if available) Tap  
Subtitles list.
Searching for Videos
You can search the titles of movies, TV shows, and video podcasts you’ve synced to 
iPhone.
Search for a video:  
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of 
the results.
Video content is included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on 
page 47.
Watching Rented Movies and TV Shows
You can rent movies from the iTunes Store and watch them on iPhone. You can 
download rented movies and TV shows directly to iPhone, or transfer movies from 
iTunes on your computer to iPhone. (Rented movies and TV shows may not be 
available in all countries or regions.)
See “Purchasing or Renting Videos” on page 174.
A movie or TV show must be completely downloaded before you can start watching it. 
You can pause a download and resume it later. 
106 Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Rented movies and TV shows expire after a certain time, and once you start a movie or 
appears near the title. Rented items are automatically deleted when they expire. Before 
renting a movie or TV show, check the iTunes Store for the rental period.
View a rented movie or TV show:  
Videos isn’t visible), then select the movie or TV show.
On iPhone 3G and iPhone 3GS, you can transfer rented movies between iPhone and 
your computer. On iPhone 4, you can transfer rented movies between iPhone and 
your computer only if they were rented in iTunes on your computer. Movies rented on 
iPhone 4 cannot be transferred to your computer.
Transfer a rented movie between iPhone and your computer:  
 1  Connect iPhone to your computer.
 2  In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Movies.
 3  Click Move next to the item you want to transfer, then click Apply.
Your computer must be connected to the Internet.
Watching Videos on a TV
You can watch videos on your TV by connecting iPhone to your TV or AV receiver with 
an AV cable. Or, you can stream videos wirelessly to your TV using AirPlay and Apple 
TV.
Connect using an AV cable:  Use the Apple Component AV Cable, Apple Composite 
AV Cable, or other authorized iPhone-compatible cable. You can also use these cables 
with the Apple Universal Dock to connect iPhone to your TV. The Apple Universal Dock 
includes a remote that lets you control playback from a distance. 
Stream videos using AirPlay:  Start video playback, then tap   and choose your 
Apple TV from the list. If   doesn’t appear or if you don’t see your Apple TV in the list 
of AirPlay devices, make sure it’s on the same wireless network as iPhone. To return 
playback to iPhone, tap   again and choose iPhone from the list.
Apple cables and docks are available for purchase separately. Go to www.apple.com/
ipodstore (may not be available in all countries or regions) or check with your local 
Apple retailer.
Converting Videos for iPhone
You can add videos other than those purchased from the iTunes Store to iPhone, such 
as videos you create in iMovie on a Mac, or videos you download from the Internet 
and then add to iTunes.
If you try to add a video from iTunes to iPhone and a message says the video can’t play 
on iPhone, you can convert the video.
107
Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Convert a video to work with iPhone:  Select the video in your iTunes library and 
choose Advanced > “Create iPod or iPhone Version.” Then add the converted video to 
iPhone.
Deleting Videos from iPhone
You can delete videos from iPhone to save space.
Delete a video:  In the videos list, swipe left or right over the video, then tap Delete.
Deleting a video from iPhone (other than a rented movie or TV show) doesn’t delete 
the video from your iTunes library. It may reappear on iPhone if the video in iTunes is 
still set to sync.
Important:  If you delete a rented movie or TV show from iPhone, it’s deleted 
permanently and cannot be transferred back to your computer.
Setting a Sleep Timer
You can set iPhone to stop playing music or videos after a period of time.
Set a sleep timer:  
number of hours and minutes. Tap When Timer Ends and choose Sleep iPod, tap Set, 
then tap Start to start the timer.
When the timer ends, iPhone stops playing music or video, closes any other open app, 
and then locks itself.
Changing the Browse Buttons
You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you 
use more frequently. For example, if you often listen to podcasts, you can replace the 
Songs button with Podcasts.
108 Chapter 8    iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Change the browse buttons:  Tap More and tap Edit, then drag a button to the 
bottom of the screen, over the button you want to replace.
You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them. 
109
Chapter 8    iPod

Messages 9
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Sending and Receiving Messages
WARNING:  For important information about driving safely, see the Important Product 
Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Messages lets you exchange text messages with anyone using an SMS-capable phone. 
Messages also supports MMS, so you can send photos, video clips (iPhone 3GS or 
later), contact information, and voice memos to other MMS-capable devices. You can 
enter multiple addressees and send a message to several people at the same time.
Note:  SMS or MMS support may not be available in all countries or regions. Additional 
fees may apply for use of Messages. Contact your carrier for more information.
The Messages icon on the Home screen shows the number of unread messages you 
have.
-&*(
-'*&++ +
You can use Messages whenever you’re in range of the cellular network. If you can 
make a call, you can send a message. Depending on your phone plan, you may be 
charged for the messages you send or receive. 
Send a message:  Tap  , then enter a phone number or name, or tap   and choose a 
and tap Send.
Messages longer than 160 characters sent from a CDMA model may be split into 
110

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If the message can’t be sent (if you’re out of cellular network range, for example), an 
alert badge appears on the Messages icon on the Home screen. If Messages is in a 
folder, the alert badge appears on the folder.
%*, 
Important:  Messages containing Emoji or other non-ASCII characters sent from a 
CDMA model are not delivered to phones on a GMS network, and no alert appears.
Your conversations are saved in the Messages list. Conversations that contain unread 
messages have a blue dot   next to them. Tap a conversation in the list to see that 
conversation or add to it.
%73-%22!'%2
8/42%.3
%73-%22!'%2
&1/-3(%/3(%1
0%12/.
iPhone displays the 50 most recent messages in the conversation. To see earlier 
messages, scroll to the top and tap Load Earlier Messages.
Send a message to a group of people:  Tap  , then add recipients. If you enter a 
phone number manually (instead of selecting it from Contacts), tap Return before 
entering another entry.
The Group Messaging setting must be turned on (in Settings > Messages).
Replies from any of the recipients are sent only to you, not to the other people you 
texted.
Reply or send a message to a person (or group) you’ve texted before:  Tap an entry 
in the Messages list, then type a new message in the conversation and tap Send.
Send a message to a favorite or to a recent call:  
1Tap Phone on the Home screen, then tap Favorites or Recents.
2Tap   next to a name or number, then tap Text Message.
111
Chapter 9    Messages

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 3  If multiple phone numbers appear, tap the one you want to text.
When MMS is available, Messages allows you to include a subject in your text 
default.
.#,5$%/22%-/6%4(%35"*%#4=%,$In Settings, tap Messages, then tap Show Subject 
Field.
Note:  
supported by your carrier.
52.#(!2!#4%2#/5.4).'/./2/?In Settings, tap Messages, then tap the Character 
Count switch. The character count includes all characters—including spaces, 
punctuation, and returns—and appears as you type when your message exceeds two 
lines. You may want to count characters, for example, when carrier fees apply.
Note:  
attach a photo or video.
52.-%33!').'/./2/?In Settings, tap Messages, then tap MMS Messaging. 
attachments when fees apply.
Note:  The MMS Messaging setting doesn’t appear if MMS isn’t supported by your 
carrier.
Searching Messages
You can search the content of message threads from the Messages list (iPhone 3GS or 
later).
Search the Messages list:  
Messages are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on page 47.
Sharing Photos and Videos
You can take a photo or make a video (iPhone 3GS or later) from within Messages and 
include it in your conversation with another MMS-capable device. You can save photos 
or videos you receive in Messages to your Camera Roll album.
If MMS isn’t supported by your carrier,   doesn’t appear and you can’t send photos or 
videos. 
Send a photo or video:  Tap   and tap “Take Photo or Video” (iPhone 3GS or later; on 
earlier models, tap “Take Photo”), or “Choose Existing” and select an item from a photo 
album and tap Choose.
112 Chapter 9    Messages

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
The size limit of attachments is determined by your carrier. If necessary, iPhone 
may compress the photo or video. To learn about taking photos and videos, see 
Chapter 12, “Camera,” on page 129.
Save a photo or video attachment to your Camera Roll album:  Tap the photo or 
video in the conversation, tap  , then tap Save Image or Save Video.
Copy a photo or video:  Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Copy. You can paste 
the photo or video to an Mail message or another MMS message.
Sending Voice Memos
You can send voice memos in a message to another MMS-capable device.
Send a voice memo:  In Voice Memos, tap  , tap the voice memo you want to send, 
then tap Share and tap MMS. Address the message and tap Send.
Editing Conversations
If you want to keep a conversation but not the entire thread, you can delete the parts 
you don’t want. You can also delete entire conversations from the Messages list.
Edit a conversation:  Tap Edit. Tap the circles along the left side to select the parts of 
,%!2!,,4%84!.$=,%37)4(/54$%,%4).'4(%#/.6%23!4)/.Tap Edit, then tap Clear All. 
Forward a conversation:  Select a conversation, then tap Edit. Tap the circles on the 
left side of the screen to select the parts of the conversation you want to include, then 
tap Forward, enter one or more recipients, and tap Send.
Delete a conversation:  Tap Edit, then tap   next to the conversation and tap Delete. 
You can also swipe left or right over the conversation and tap Delete.
/2(/63(%
%,%3%"433/.
26)0%,%&3/11)'(3
/5%13(%-%22!'%
Using Contact Information and Links
Call, FaceTime, or email someone you’ve texted:  Tap a message in the Text Messages 
list and scroll to the top of the conversation. (Tap the status bar to scroll quickly to the 
top of the screen.)
 To call the person, tap Call.
113
Chapter 9    Messages

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 To call the person using FaceTime, tap FaceTime.
 To email the person, tap Contact Info, then tap an email address.
Follow a link in a message:  Tap the link.
A link may open a webpage in Safari, make a phone call in Phone, open a 
preaddressed message in Mail, or display a location in Maps. To return to your text 
messages, press the Home button and tap Messages.
Add someone you’ve texted to your contacts list:  Tap a phone number in the 
Messages list, then tap “Add to Contacts.”
Send contact information:  In Contacts, tap the person whose information you want 
to share. Tap Share Contact at the bottom of the screen, then tap MMS. Address the 
message and tap Send.
Save contact information received:  Tap the contact bubble in the conversation and 
tap Create New Contact or “Add to Existing Contact.”
Managing Previews and Alerts
By default, iPhone displays a preview of new messages when iPhone is locked or when 
enable alerts for text messages.
52.02%6)%73/./2/?In Settings, choose Messages and tap Show Preview.
Repeat previews:  In Settings, choose Messages and tap Repeat Alert. If you don’t 
more. 
Set whether an alert sounds when you get a text message or preview:  In Settings, 
choose Sounds, then tap New Text Message. Tap the alert sound you want, or None if 
you don’t want an audible alert.
Important:  
114 Chapter 9    Messages

Calendar 10
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
About Calendar
Calendar gives you ready access to your calendars and events. You can view individual 
calendars, or several calendars at once. You can view your events by day, by month, 
or in a list. You can search the titles, invitees, locations, and notes of events. If you’ve 
entered birthdays for your contacts, you can view those birthdays in Calendar.
You can sync iPhone with the calendars on your computer, and with services such as 
MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Yahoo!, and Google. You can also make, edit, or cancel 
appointments on iPhone and have them sync back to your computer or calendar 
account. If you have a MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, or CalDAV 
account, your calendars can sync over the air without connecting iPhone to your 
computer. MobileMe Shared Calendars that you’ve joined from your computer also 
sync with iPhone.
If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with Calendars enabled, or a supported 
CalDAV account, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from others, and 
invite people to events you’ve scheduled.
Syncing Calendars
You can sync Calendar in either of the following ways:
In iTunes, use the iPhone Info pane to sync with iCal or Microsoft Entourage on a 
 
Mac, or Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC, when you connect iPhone to 
your computer. See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 58.
115

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
In Settings on iPhone, turn on Calendars in your MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange,  
Google, or Yahoo! accounts to sync your calendar information over the air, or set 
up a CalDAV account if your company or organization supports it. See “Adding Mail, 
Contacts, and Calendar Accounts” on page 25.
Viewing Your Calendars
You can view a single calendar, selected calendars, or all calendars at once.
Select calendars to view:  Tap Calendars, then tap to select the calendars you want 
to view. To quickly select or deselect all calendars, tap Show All Calendars or Hide All 
Calendars. To view your contacts’ birthdays, tap Birthdays at the bottom of the screen. 
Tap Done to view the selected calendars.
The events for all selected calendars appear in a single calendar on iPhone. You can 
view your calendar events in a list, by day, or by month. 
Switch views:  Tap List, Day, or Month.
 List view:  All your appointments and events appear in a scrollable list.
 Day view:  Scroll up or down to see the events in a day. Tap   or   to see the 
previous or next day’s events.
 Month view:  Tap a day to see its events. Tap   or   to see the previous or next 
month.
'.',
1+/",!(,+
!.+!-%
.',+
(,(,(1 /",!."/+
+)(',(
%'*"'.",,"('
.',+(*
+%,1
See the details of an event:  Tap the event.
Set iPhone to adjust event times for a selected time zone:  
 1  In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
 2  Under Calendars, tap Time Zone Support, then turn Time Zone Support on.
 3  Tap Time Zone, then search for a major city in the time zone you want.
116 Chapter 10    Calendar

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
When Time Zone Support is on, Calendar displays event dates and times in the time 
in the time zone of your current location as determined by the network time.
Searching Calendars
calendars. Calendar searches only the events for the calendars you’re currently viewing.
Search for events:  
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more 
results.
Calendar events are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on 
page 47.
Adding and Updating Events on iPhone
You can create and update calendar events directly on iPhone.
If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with calendars enabled, or a supported 
CalDAV account, you can invite other people to your event or meeting.
Add an event:  Tap   and enter event information, then tap Done.
You can enter any of the following:
Title
 
Location 
Starting and ending times (or turn on All-day if it’s an all-day event) 
Repeat times—none, or every day, week, two weeks, month, or year 
Invitees (if supported by your calendar server) 
117
Chapter 10    Calendar

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 
When you set an alert, the option to set a second alert appears. When an alert 
“Alerts” on page 120).
Important:  Some carriers don’t support network time in all locations. If you’re 
traveling, iPhone may not alert you at the correct local time. To manually set the 
correct time, see “Date and Time” on page 204.
Calendar
 
You can change the default calendar using the Default Calendar setting. See 
“Calendars” on page 211.
Notes 
You can’t assign an event to a read-only calendar.
Events can also be created by tapping a day, date, or time in a Mail message. See 
“Using Links and Detected Data” on page 82.
Update an event:  Tap Edit and change event information. Tap Done when you’re 
Delete an event:  Tap the event, tap Edit, then scroll down and tap Delete Event.
Responding to Meeting Invitations
If you have a Microsoft Exchange or MobileMe account with calendars enabled, or a 
supported CalDAV account, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from 
people in your organization. When you receive an invitation, the meeting appears in 
your calendar with a dotted line around it.   appears in the lower-right corner of the 
screen with a badge that shows the total number of new invitations you have. The 
number of new invitations also appears on the Calendar icon on the Home screen.
-&*(
&,"' "'.",,"('+
118 Chapter 10    Calendar

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Respond to an invitation in Calendar:
 1  Tap a meeting invitation in the calendar, or tap   to display the Event screen and tap 
an invitation.
Tap “Invitation from” to get contact information for the meeting organizer. Tap the  
email address to send a message to the organizer. If the organizer is in your contacts 
list, you can also tap to call or send a text message.
Tap Invitees to see the other people invited to the meeting. Tap a name to see an  
attendee’s contact information. Tap the email address to send a message to the 
attendee. If the attendee is in your contacts list, you can also tap to call or send a 
text message.
Tap Alert to set iPhone to sound an alert before the meeting. 
Tap Add Comments to add comments in the email response to the meeting  
organizer. You comments will also appear in your Info screen for the meeting.
Notes are made by the meeting organizer.
 2  Tap Accept, Maybe, or Decline.
When you accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation, a response email that 
includes any comments you added is sent to the organizer.
If you accept or tentatively accept the meeting, you can change your response later. 
Tap Add Comments if you want to change your comments.
Meeting invitations are also sent in an email message, which lets you open the 
meeting’s Info screen from Mail.
Open a meeting invitation in an email message:  Tap the invitation.
119
Chapter 10    Calendar

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Subscribing to Calendars
You can subscribe to calendars that use the iCalendar (.ics) format. Many calendar-
based services support calendar subscriptions, including Yahoo!, Google, and the Mac 
OS X iCal application.
Subscribed calendars are read-only. You can read events from subscribed calendars on 
iPhone, but you can’t edit them or create new events.
Subscribe to a calendar:  
 1  In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” then tap Add Account.
 2  Choose Other, then choose Add Subscribed Calendar.
 3  Enter the server information, then tap Next to verify the subscription.
 4 Tap Save.
You can also subscribe to an iCal (or other .ics) calendar published on the web by 
tapping a link to the calendar you receive in an email or text message on iPhone.
Importing Calendar Files from Mail
-0/24%6%.43&2/-!#!,%.$!2=,%In Mail, open the message and tap the calendar 
the events to, and tap Done.
Alerts
Set calendar alerts:  In Settings, choose Sounds, then turn Calendar Alerts on. If 
makes no sound.
Important:  
Sound alerts for invitations:  In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendar.” Under 
Calendars, tap New Invitation Alert to turn it on.
120 Chapter 10    Calendar

Photos 11
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
About Photos
iPhone lets you carry photos and videos with you, so you can share them with your 
family, friends, and associates. View your photos on iPhone or use AirPlay to view them 
on a TV with Apple TV. You can sync photos and videos from your computer, view 
photos and videos taken with iPhone, use photos as wallpaper, and assign photos 
to identify contacts when they call. You can also send photos and videos in email 
messages, send photos and videos in MMS messages, upload photos and videos to 
MobileMe galleries, and print photos.
Note:  Video features are available on iPhone 3GS or later. MMS is available if supported 
by your carrier.
Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer
iTunes can sync your photos and videos with the following applications:
 Mac:  iPhoto 4.0.3 or later (syncing videos requires iPhoto 6.0.6 or later), or Aperture 
(photos only)
 PC:  Adobe Photoshop Elements 8.0 or later (photos only)
You can also sync photos and videos from any folder on your computer that contains 
images. See “Syncing with iTunes” on page 56.
iPhone supports H.264 and MPEG-4 video formats, with AAC audio. If you are having 
trouble syncing a video to iPhone, you might be able to use iTunes to create an iPhone 
version of the video. 
Create an iPhone version of a video:
1Copy the video to your iTunes library.
2In iTunes, select Movies in the Library list and select the video you want to sync.
121

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 3  Choose Advanced > Create iPod or iPhone Version.
For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1211.
Viewing Photos and Videos
Photos and videos you take with iPhone, sync from your computer, or save from an 
email or MMS message can be viewed in Photos. If you sync photos with iPhoto 8.0 
(part of iLife ‘09) or later, you can view your photos and videos by the events and faces 
taken if they’re tagged with location data.
View photos and videos:  
 1  In Photos, tap a photo album. Tap the buttons at the bottom of the screen to view 
your photos and videos by albums, events, faces, or places if available.
Photos are sorted by creation date. If you tap Places, a map shows each location that 
you’ve tagged photos from. Tap a pin, then tap   to see your photos and videos from 
that location.
 2  Tap a thumbnail to see the photo or video in full screen.
Show or hide the controls:  Tap the full-screen photo or video to show the controls. 
Tap again to hide the controls.
Play a video:  Tap   in the center of the screen.
To replay a video, tap   at the bottom of the screen. If you don’t see  , tap the screen 
to show the controls.
122 Chapter 11    Photos

A
PPLE C
O
NFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
View a photo or video in landscape orientation
:
Rotate iPhone sidewa
y
s. The photo 
scr
ee
n.
Z
oom in on 
p
art of a 
p
hoto
:
Dou
bl
e-tap w
h
ere you want to zoom in. Dou
bl
e-tap
a
gain to zoom out. You can also pinch to zoom in or out
.
)%76)$%/).&5,,3#2%%./2=46)$%/4/3#2%%.
Dou
bl
e ta
p
 t
h
e screen to sca
l
e t
h
e
P
an aroun
d
 a 
ph
oto:
D
rag t
h
e p
h
oto
.
See t
h
e next or 
p
revious 
ph
oto or vi
d
eo:
F
lick left or ri
g
ht. Or tap the screen to show 
t
he controls, then tap or 
.
12
3
Ch
a
p
ter 11 P
h
oto
s

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Deleting Photos and Videos
You can delete photos and videos from Camera Roll on iPhone.
Delete photos and videos:
 1 Tap   in the upper-right corner of the screen.
 2  Tap to select the photos and videos you want to delete.
The Delete button indicates the number of items you select.
 3 Tap Delete.
Slideshows
You can view a photo album as a slideshow, complete with background music.
View a photo album as a slideshow:  Tap an album, then tap  .
Videos play automatically when they appear during the slideshow.
Stop a slideshow:  Tap the screen.
Set slideshow settings:  In Settings, choose Photos and set the following options:
 To set the length of time each slide is shown, tap Play Each Slide For and choose a time.
 &tap Transition and choose a 
transition type.
 To set whether slideshows repeat, 
 To set whether photos and videos are shown in random order, 
Play music during a slideshow:  In iPod, play a song, then choose Photos on the Home 
screen and start a slideshow.
Viewing Photos, Videos, and Slideshows on a TV
You can view photos, videos, and slideshows on your TV by connecting iPhone to 
your TV or AV receiver with an AV cable. Or, you can stream photos and slideshows 
wirelessly to your TV using AirPlay and Apple TV.
Connect using an AV cable:  Use the Apple Component AV Cable, Apple Composite 
AV Cable, or other authorized iPhone-compatible cable. You can also use these cables 
with the Apple Universal Dock to connect iPhone to your TV or AV receiver. The Apple 
Universal Dock includes a remote that lets you control playback from a distance. 
Stream content using AirPlay:  View a photo or slideshow, then tap   and choose 
your Apple TV from the list. If   doesn’t appear or if you don’t see your Apple TV in 
the list of AirPlay devices, make sure it’s on the same wireless network as iPhone. To 
return playback to iPhone, tap   again and choose iPhone from the list.
124 Chapter 11    Photos

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Apple cables and docks are available for purchase separately. Go to www.apple.com/
ipodstore (may not be available in all countries or regions) or check with your local 
Apple retailer.
Sharing Photos and Videos
You can send photos and videos in email and MMS messages, add photos and videos 
to MobileMe galleries, and publish videos to YouTube. You can also copy and paste 
photos and videos, save photos and videos from email messages to Photos, and save 
images from webpages to Photos.
Sending a Photo or Video in an Email or MMS Message
Send a photo or video (iPhone 3GS or later) in an email message:
 1  Choose a photo or video and tap  . If you don’t see  , tap the screen to show the 
controls.
 2  Tap Email Photo/Video.
The photo or video appears in a new mail message window.
 3  Compose your message, then tap Send.
 4  If sending a photo, you may be asked if you want to reduce the message size by 
scaling the image. Tap the size you want to use.
Send multiple photos or videos at the same time:  When viewing thumbnails in an 
album, tap  , then tap to select the photos or videos you want to send, tap Share, 
and tap Email.
Send a photo or video via MMS:  Choose a photo or video and tap  , then tap MMS.
The size limit of attachments is determined by your carrier. If necessary, iPhone 
may compress the photo or video. To learn about taking photos and videos, see 
Chapter 12, “Camera,” on page 129.
Copying and Pasting Photos and Videos
You can copy a photo or video from Photos and paste it in an email or MMS message. 
Some third-party apps may also support copying and pasting photos and videos.
Copy a photo or video:  
then tap Copy.
Copy multiple photos or videos:
 1 Tap   in the upper-right corner of the screen.
 2  Tap to select the photos and videos you want to copy.
The Copy button indicates the number of items you select.
 3 Tap Copy.
125
Chapter 11    Photos

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Paste a photo or video:  Tap to place the insertion point where you want to place the 
photo or video, then tap the insertion point and tap Paste.
Adding a Photo or Video to a MobileMe Gallery
If you have a MobileMe account, you can add photos and videos directly from iPhone 
to a gallery you’ve created. You can also add photos and videos to someone else’s 
MobileMe gallery if that person has enabled email contributions.
Before you can add photos or videos to a gallery in your MobileMe account, you must:
Set up your MobileMe account on iPhone
 
Publish a MobileMe gallery, and allow adding photos via email or iPhone 
For more information about creating a gallery and adding photos and videos to it, see 
MobileMe Help.
Add a photo or video to your gallery:  Choose a photo or video and tap  , then tap 
“Send to MobileMe.” Enter a title and description, if you like, then select the album to 
add the photo or video to and tap Publish.
If you don’t see  , tap the screen to show the controls.
iPhone tells you when the photo or video has been published, and gives you options 
to view it on MobileMe or email a link to a friend.
Add a photo or video to someone else’s gallery:  Choose a photo or video and tap  , 
then tap “Email Photo/Video.” Enter the album’s email address, then click Send.
Publishing Videos to YouTube
If you have a YouTube account, you can publish videos directly from iPhone 3GS or 
later to YouTube. Some videos may not be transferable, depending on the length of 
the movie or other factors.
Publish a video to YouTube:  
 1  While viewing a video, tap  , then tap “Send to YouTube.”
 2  Sign in to your YouTube account.
 3  Enter publishing information such as Title, Description, and Tags. 
 4  Tap Category to choose a category. 
 5 Tap Publish.
Saving Photos and Videos from Email Messages, MMS Messages, and 
Webpages
Save a photo from an email message to your Camera Roll album:  Tap the photo, 
then tap Save Image. If the photo hasn’t been downloaded yet, tap the download 
126 Chapter 11    Photos

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Save a video from an email message to your Camera Roll album:  Touch and hold 
the attachment, then tap Save Video. If the video hasn’t been downloaded yet, tap the 
Save a photo from a webpage to your Camera Roll album:  Touch and hold the 
photo, then tap Save Image.
Save a photo or video from an MMS message to your Camera Roll album:  Tap the 
image in the conversation, tap  , and tap Save Image or Save Video.
If you don’t see  , tap the screen to show the controls.
You can download the photos and videos in your Camera Roll album to your 
computer’s photo application by connecting iPhone to your computer.
Printing Photos
You can use AirPrint to print photos from iPhone.
Print a photo:  Tap  , then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, set the 
number of copies, then tap Print.
Print multiple photos:  While viewing a photo album, tap  . Select the photos you 
want to print, then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, set the number of 
copies, then tap Print.
For more information, see “Printing” on page 45.
Assigning a Photo to a Contact
You can assign a photo to a contact. When that person calls, iPhone displays the photo.
Assign a photo to a contact:  
 1  Choose Camera on the Home screen, then take someone’s picture. Or choose any 
photo already on iPhone, and tap  .
 2  Tap “Assign to Contact” and choose a contact.
 3  Position and size the photo until it looks the way you want.
Drag the photo to pan, and pinch to zoom in or out.
 4  Tap Set Photo.
You can also assign a photo to a contact in Contacts by tapping Edit and then tapping 
“Add Photo.”
127
Chapter 11    Photos

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Wallpaper
You can set a photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen. On iPhone 3GS or later, you can 
also set wallpaper for your Home screen. The Lock screen wallpaper also appears when 
you’re on a call with someone you don’t have a contact photo for.
Set a photo as wallpaper (iPhone 3GS or later):  
 1  Choose any photo and tap  , then tap Use As Wallpaper.
 2  Drag the photo to position it and pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you 
want.
 3  Tap Set, then choose whether you want to use the photo as wallpaper for your Lock 
Screen, Home screen, or both.
You can also choose from several wallpaper pictures included with iPhone by choosing 
Settings > Wallpaper from the Home screen. See “Adding Wallpaper” on page 36.
Set a photo as wallpaper (iPhone 3G):  
 1  Choose any photo and tap  , then tap Use As Wallpaper.
 2  Drag the photo to position it and pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you 
want.
 3 Tap Set Wallpaper.
You can also choose from several wallpaper pictures included with iPhone by choosing 
Settings > Wallpaper from the Home screen.
128 Chapter 11    Photos

Camera 12
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
About Camera
With iPhone, you have a great still camera and video camera (iPhone 3GS or later) 
camera that lets you make FaceTime video calls and take photos and videos of 
yourself.
The main camera is on the back of iPhone. You use the screen to control the camera 
and to see the photo or video you’re taking. Tap-to-focus lets you tap anywhere on 
the exposure. The macro autofocus feature (about 10 cm) and a 5x digital zoom let 
you take great close-ups. (The video and tap-to-focus features are available only on 
iPhone 3GS or later.)
If location services is turned on, photos and videos (iPhone 3GS or later) are tagged 
with location data—including your current geographical coordinates provided by 
GPS, Wi-Fi, or cell-tower information. You can use location data with some apps and 
photo-sharing websites to track and post where you took the photos. For example, the 
Photos app organizes photos by places.
Note:  
turn it on. If you don’t want to include location data with your photos and videos, 
you can use Camera without turning on location services. See “Location Services” on 
page 200.
129

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Taking Photos and Recording Videos
Taking photos and recording videos with iPhone is as easy as point and tap.
!-%1!)$%/
26)3#(
/#42!1%!
6)3#(#!-%1!2
 //-
(4-".!),/&
,!232(/3
!03/
3!+%0(/3/
%3
&,!2(-/$%
41.
/./1/&&
Take a photo:  Aim iPhone and tap  .
Make sure the Camera/Video switch is set to  .
When you take a photo or start a video recording, iPhone makes a shutter sound. You 
can use the volume buttons on the side of the iPhone to control the volume of the 
shutter sound. You don’t hear a sound if you set the Ring/Silent switch to silent. See 
“Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch” on page 196.
Note:  
switch is set to silent.
On iPhone 4, you can turn on HDR to take HDR (high dynamic range) photos. HDR 
blends the best parts of three separate exposures into a single photo. For best results, 
iPhone and the subject should be stationary.
52././2/?Tap the HDR button at the top of the screen. The button indicates 
Note:  
With HDR, you can save both the normal-exposure version and the HDR version of a 
photo in the Camera Roll, or save just the HDR version. By default, both are saved.
Choose whether to save both the normal-exposure version and the HDR version 
of photos:  
130 Chapter 12    Camera

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If you save both versions,   appears in the upper-left corner of the HDR photo 
when you view the photos in Camera Roll (if the controls are visible).
Record a video:  Slide the Camera/Video switch to  , then tap   to start recording. 
The record button blinks while Camera is recording. Tap   again to stop recording. 
You can also press the center button on the iPhone earphones to start or stop 
recording.
A rectangle on the screen shows the area where the camera is focused and setting the 
exposure.
Tap the screen to bring up the camera controls.
Change the focus area and set the exposure:  Tap anywhere to focus the camera and 
adjust the exposure for the selected area.
Zoom in or out:  Tap the screen, then drag the slider at the bottom of the screen to 
zoom in or out (main camera, in camera mode only).
%4>!3(-/$%
Switch between the main and front cameras:  Tap   in the upper-right corner of 
the screen.
Review a photo or video you’ve just taken:  Tap the thumbnail of your last shot, in the 
lower-left corner of the screen. 
Use the left and right arrows at the bottom of the screen to review other photos and 
video mode. If you don’t see the controls, tap the screen to display them.
Delete a photo or video:  Tap  . If you don’t see  , tap the screen to display the 
controls.
Take a screenshot:  
taken. The screenshot is added to the Camera Roll album.
Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos
The photos and videos you take with Camera are saved in the Camera Roll album on 
iPhone. You can view the Camera Roll album from either Camera or Photos. 
View photos and videos in the Camera Roll album:  In Camera, tap the thumbnail 
image in the lower-left corner of the screen. In Photos, tap the Camera Roll album. Tap 
When viewing a photo or video in the Camera Roll album, tap the screen to display the 
controls. If you save both the normal and the HDR versions of a photo,   appears 
in the upper-left corner of the HDR photo (when the controls are visible).
131
Chapter 12    Camera

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
For more information about viewing and sharing photos and videos, see:
“ Viewing Photos and Videos” on page 122
“
 Sharing Photos and Videos” on page 125
Trimming Videos
You can trim the frames from the beginning and end of a video that you just recorded, 
or any other video in the Camera Roll album. You can replace the original video or save 
the trimmed version as a new video clip.
Trim a video:  
 1  While viewing a video, tap the screen to display the controls.
 2  Drag either end of the frame viewer at the top of the video, then tap Trim.
 3  Tap Trim Original or “Save as New Clip.”
Important:  If you choose Trim Original, the trimmed frames are permanently deleted 
from the original video. If you choose “Save as New Clip,” a new trimmed video clip is 
Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer
You can upload the photos and videos you take with Camera to photo applications on 
your computer, such as iPhoto on a Mac.
Upload photos and videos to your computer:  Connect iPhone to your computer.
 Mac:  Select the photos and videos you want and click the Import or Download 
button in iPhoto or other supported photo application on your computer.
 PC:  Follow the instructions that came with your photo application.
If you delete the photos and videos from iPhone when you upload them to your 
computer, they’re removed from the Camera Roll album. You can use the Photos 
settings pane in iTunes to sync photos and videos (videos can be synced with Macs 
only) to the Photos app on iPhone. See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 58.
132 Chapter 12    Camera

YouTube 13
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Finding and Viewing Videos
YouTube features short videos submitted by people from around the world. To use 
some features on iPhone, you need to sign in to a YouTube account when asked. For 
information about requirements and how to get a YouTube account, go to www.
youtube.com.
Note:  YouTube may not be available in all languages and locations.
Browse videos:  Tap Featured, Most Viewed, or Favorites. Or tap More to browse by 
Most Recent, Top Rated, History, Subscriptions, or Playlists.
 Featured:  
 Most Viewed:  Videos most seen by YouTube viewers. Tap All for all-time most viewed 
videos, or Today or This Week for most-viewed videos of the day or week.
 Favorites:  Videos you’ve added to Favorites. When you sign in to a YouTube account, 
account favorites appear and any existing favorites can be synced to your account.
 Most Recent:  Videos most recently submitted to YouTube.
 Top Rated:  Videos most highly rated by YouTube viewers. To rate videos, go to www.
youtube.com.
 History:  Videos you’ve viewed most recently.
 Subscriptions:  Videos from YouTube accounts to which you’ve subscribed. You must 
be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature.
 Playlists:  Videos you’ve added to playlists. You must be signed in to a YouTube 
account to use this feature.
You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you use 
more frequently. See “Changing the Browse Buttons” on page 137.
133

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Search for a video:  
 1 
 2  Type a word or phrase that describes what you’re looking for, then tap Search.
YouTube shows results based on video titles, descriptions, tags, and user names. Listed 
videos show title, rating, number of views, length, and the account name that posted 
the video.
Play a video:  Tap the video.
The video begins to download to iPhone and a progress bar appears. When enough of 
the video has downloaded, it begins to play. You can also tap   to start the video.
Controlling Video Playback
When a video starts playing, the controls disappear so they don’t obscure the video.
Show or hide the video controls:  Tap the screen.
0,
+,(*/*
%1-+
&"%
%
(/'%()*( *++
(%-&
%1! *-**
(($&*$ *."(-+*/"'
"*%1
Play or pause a video Tap   or  . You can also press the center button 
on the iPhone earphones (iPhone 3GS or later).
Adjust the volume Drag the volume slider, or use the volume 
buttons on the side of iPhone. You can also use 
the volume buttons on the iPhone earphones 
(iPhone 3GS or later).
Play a video on Apple TV using AirPlay Tap   and choose an Apple TV. If   doesn’t 
appear or if you don’t see the Apple TV you’re 
looking for, make sure it’s on the same wireless 
network as iPhone.
Switch from AirPlay back to iPhone Tap   and choose iPhone from the list.
Restart a video Tap  .
Skip to the next or previous video in a list Tap   twice to skip to the previous video. Tap 
 to skip to the next video.
Rewind or fast-forward Touch and hold   or  .
134 Chapter 13    YouTube

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Skip to any point in a video Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar.
4/07!4#().'!6)$%/"%&/2%)4=.)3(%30,!9).' Tap Done, or press the Home   button.
7)4#("%47%%.3#!,).'!6)$%/4/=,,4(%3#2%%.
/2=44/4(%3#2%%.
Double-tap the video. You can also tap   to 
  to make 
Add a video to Favorites using video controls Start playing a video and tap  .
Email a link to the video using video controls Start playing a video and tap  .
Managing Videos
Tap   next to a video to see related videos and more controls for managing videos.
Add the video to Favorites Tap “Add to Favorites.”
Add the video to a playlist Tap “Add to Playlist,” then select an existing 
playlist or tap   to create a new playlist.
Email a link to the video Tap Share Video.
Browse and view related videos Tap a video in the list of related videos to view, or 
tap   next to a video for more information.
135
Chapter 13    YouTube

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Getting More Information
Tap   next to the video to show the video’s comments, description, date added, and 
other information.
Rate the video or add a comment On the More Info screen, tap “Rate, Comment, or 
Flag,” then choose “Rate or Comment.” You must 
be signed in to a YouTube account to use this 
feature.
See more videos from this account On the More Info screen, tap More Videos.
Subscribe to this YouTube account On the More Info screen, tap More Videos, then 
tap “Subscribe to <account>” at the bottom of 
the video list. You must be signed in to a YouTube 
account to use this feature.
Using YouTube Account Features
If you have a YouTube account, you can access account features such as subscriptions, 
comments and ratings, and playlists. To create a YouTube account, go to www.youtube.
com.
Show favorites you’ve added to your account:  In Favorites, tap Sign In, then enter 
your username and password to see your account favorites. Any existing favorites 
you’ve added to iPhone can be merged with your account favorites when you sign in.
Delete a favorite:  In Favorites, tap Edit, tap   next to a video, then tap Delete.
Show subscriptions you’ve added to your account:  In Subscriptions, tap Sign In, then 
enter your username and password to see your account subscriptions. Tap an account 
in the list to see all videos for that account.
Unsubscribe from a YouTube account:  In Subscriptions, tap an account in the list, 
then tap Unsubscribe.
136 Chapter 13    YouTube

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
View playlists:  In Playlists, tap a playlist to see the list of videos you’ve added. Tap any 
video in the playlist to begin playing videos from that point in the playlist.
Edit a playlist:  In Playlists, tap Edit, then do one of the following:
 To delete the entire playlist, tap   next to a playlist, then tap Delete.
 To create a new playlist, tap  , then enter a name for the playlist.
Add a video to a playlist:  Tap   next to a video, then tap “Add to Playlist” and choose 
a playlist.
Delete a video from a playlist:  
1In Playlists, tap a playlist, then tap Edit.
2Tap   next to a playlist, then tap Delete.
Changing the Browse Buttons
You can replace the Featured, Most Viewed, Bookmarks, and Search buttons at the 
bottom of the screen with ones you use more frequently. For example, if you watch 
top-rated videos often but don’t watch many featured videos, you could replace the 
Featured button with Top Rated.
Change the browse buttons:  Tap More and tap Edit, then drag a button to the 
bottom of the screen, over the button you want to replace.
You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them. 
When you’re browsing for videos, tap More to access the browse buttons that aren’t 
visible.
137
Chapter 13    YouTube

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Sending Videos to YouTube
If you have a YouTube account, you can send videos directly to YouTube (iPhone 3GS 
or later). See “Publishing Videos to YouTube” on page 126.
138 Chapter 13    YouTube

Stocks 14
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Viewing Stock Quotes
Stocks lets you see the latest available quotes for your selected stocks, funds, and 
indexes. 
Quotes are updated every time you open Stocks when connected to the Internet. 
Quotes may be delayed by up to 20 minutes or more, depending upon the reporting 
service.
Add a stock, fund, or index to the stock reader:  
1Tap  , then tap  .
2Enter a symbol, company name, fund name, or index, then tap Search.
3Select an item from the search results and tap Done.
View charts in landscape orientation:  Rotate iPhone sideways. Flick left or right to 
view the other charts in your stock reader.
Show the progress of a stock, fund, or index over time:  Tap the stock, fund, or index 
in your list, then tap 1d, 1w, 1m, 3m, 6m, 1y, or 2y. The chart adjusts to show progress 
over one day, one week, one month, three months, six months, one year, or two years.
When you view a chart in landscape orientation, you can touch the chart to display the 
139

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Delete a stock:  Tap   and tap   next to a stock, then tap Delete.
Change the order of the list:  Tap  . Then drag   next to a stock or index to a new 
place in the list.
Switch the view to percentage change, price change, or market capitalization:  Tap 
any of the values along the right side of the screen. Tap again to switch to another 
view. Or tap   and tap %, Price, or Mkt Cap, then tap Done.
Getting More Information
See the summary, chart, or news page about a stock, fund, or index:  Select the stock, 
summary, chart, or recent news page.
On the news page, you can scroll up and down to read headlines, or tap a headline to 
view the article in Safari.
See more information at Yahoo.com:  Select the stock, fund, or index in your list, then 
tap  .
140 Chapter 14    Stocks

Maps 15
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
WARNING:  For important information about driving and navigating safely, see the 
Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Maps provides street maps, satellite photos, a hybrid view, and street views of 
and detailed driving, public transit, or walking directions. Find and track your current 
(approximate) location, and use your current location to get driving directions to or 
from another place. The built-in digital compass lets you see which way you’re facing. 
(iPhone 3GS or later).
Important:  Maps, directions, and location-based apps depend on data services. These 
data services are subject to change and may not be available in all geographic areas, 
resulting in maps, directions, or location-based information that may be unavailable, 
inaccurate, or incomplete. Compare the information provided on iPhone to your 
surroundings, and defer to posted signs to resolve any discrepancies. 
on. You can use Maps without turning on location services. See “Location Services” on 
page 200.
Finding and Viewing Locations
You can search for locations, get your current location, mark a location with the drop 
pin, and get satellite and Google Street Views.
Searching for Locations
You can search for locations in many ways—by address, intersection, area, landmark, 
bookmark, contact, or zip code, for example. 
141

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Find a location and see a map:
 1 
 2  Type an address or other search information.
 3 Tap Search.
A pin marks the location. Tap the pin to see the name or description of the location.
!03/'%3
).&/1-!3)/.!"/43
3(%,/#!3)/.'%3
$)1%#3)/.2!$$3(%
,/#!3)/.3/8/41
"//+-!1+2/1
#/.3!#32,)23/1
%-!),!,).+3/
//',%!02
Locations can include places of interest added by Google My Maps users (“User-
created content”), and sponsored links that appear as special icons (for example,  ).
Zoom in to a part of a map 
the part you want to zoom in on. Double-tap 
again to zoom in even closer.
Zoom out 
Pan or scroll to another part of the map Drag up, down, left, or right.
See the location of a contact’s address:  Tap  
and choose a contact.
To locate an address in this way, the contact must include at least one address. If the 
contact has more than one address, choose the one you want to locate. You can also 
Finding Your Current Location
142 Chapter 15    Maps

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Find your current location and turn tracking mode on:  Tap  .
Your current location is indicated by a blue marker. If your location can’t be 
determined precisely, a blue circle also appears around the marker. The size of the 
circle depends on how precisely your location can be determined—the smaller the 
circle, the greater the precision.
As you move around, iPhone updates your location, adjusting the map so that the 
location indicator remains in the center of the screen. If you tap   again until it is no 
longer highlighted, or if you drag the map, iPhone continues to update your location 
iPhone uses location services to determine your location. Location services uses 
available information from cellular network data, local Wi-Fi networks (if you have Wi-
Fi turned on), and GPS (may not be available in all locations). When an app is using 
location services,   appears in the status bar. Location services may not be available in 
all countries or regions.
Location Services” on 
page 200.
choose General > Location Services.
Get information about your current location:  Tap the blue marker, then tap  . 
iPhone displays the address of your current location, if available. You can use this 
information to:
Get directions
 
Add the location to contacts 
Send the address via email or MMS 
143
Chapter 15    Maps

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Bookmark the location 
Show which way you’re facing (iPhone 3GS or later):  Tap   again. (The icon changes 
to  .) Maps uses the built-in compass to determine which way you’re facing. The 
angle shows the accuracy of the compass reading—the smaller the angle, the greater 
the accuracy.
Maps uses true north to determine your heading, even if you have magnetic north 
set in Compass. If the compass needs calibrating, iPhone asks you to wave the phone 
interference. See Chapter 20, “Compass,” on page 161.
Marking a Location with the Drop Pin
The drop pin lets you mark a location by hand.
Mark a location:  Touch and hold the location on the map.
The drop pin appears where you’re touching the map.
Move the drop pin:  Touch and hold, then drag the pin to a new location, or touch and 
hold a new location until a new pin drops, replacing the previous one.
144 Chapter 15    Maps

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Satellite View and Street View
You can see a satellite view of a map, or a combined satellite and street map view. You 
can also see a Google Street View of a location.
See a satellite view or hybrid view:  Tap  , then tap Satellite or Hybrid to see just a 
satellite view or a combined street map and satellite view.
To return to map view, tap Map.
145
Chapter 15    Maps

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
See the Google Street View of a location:  Tap  . Flick left or right to pan through the 
360° panoramic view. (The inset shows your current view.) Tap an arrow to move down 
the street. To return to map view, tap the map inset in the lower-right corner.
!03/1%341.3/-!05)%6
Street View may not be available in all areas.
Getting Directions
You can get step-by-step directions for driving, taking public transit, or walking to a 
destination.
Get directions:
1Tap Directions.
2
with your current approximate location (if available). Tap  
a location in Bookmarks (including your current location and the dropped pin, if 
available), Recents, or Contacts. If  
For example, if a friend’s address is in your contacts list, you can tap Contacts and tap 
your friend’s name instead of having to type the address.
To reverse the directions, tap  .
3Tap Route (if you entered locations manually), then select directions by car ( ), 
directions by public transit ( ), or directions by walking ( ).
The travel options available depend on the route. 
4Do one of the following:
146 Chapter 15    Maps

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 To view all the directions in a list, tap  , then tap List. Tap any item in the list to see 
a map showing that leg of the trip. Tap Route Overview to return to the overview 
screen.
 To view directions one step at a time, tap Start, then tap   to see the next leg of the 
trip. Tap   to go back.
If you’re driving or walking, the approximate distance and travel time appear at the top 
If you’re taking public transit, the overview screen shows each leg of the trip and the 
mode of transportation, including where you need to walk. The top of the screen 
total fare. Tap   to set your departure or arrival time, and to choose a schedule for 
the trip. Tap the icon at a stop to see the departure time for that bus or train, and to 
get a link to the transit provider’s website or contact info. When you tap Start and step 
through the route, detailed information about each leg of the trip appears at the top 
of the screen.
points to it, tapping  , then tapping Directions To Here or Directions From Here.
Switch start and end points, for reverse directions:  Tap  .
If you don’t see  , tap Edit.
See recently viewed directions:  Tap  
map. 
(/7/2()$%42!@##/.$)4)/.3Tap  
147
Chapter 15    Maps

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
0/23%$
20%%$,)-)3
2,/6%1
3(!.3(%0/23%$
20%%$,)-)3
./$!3!
#411%.3,8!5!),!",%
23/0!.$'/
Finding and Contacting Businesses
Find businesses in an area:  
 1  Find a location—for example, a city and state or country, or a street address—or scroll 
to a location on a map.
 2 
Pins appear for matching locations in the area. For example, if you locate your city and 
then type “movies” and tap Search, pins mark movie theaters in your city.
Tap the pin that marks a business to see its name or description.
).$"53).%33%37)4(/54=.$).'4(%,/#!4)/.=234Type things like:
restaurants san francisco ca
 
apple inc new york 
Contact a business or get directions:  Tap the pin that marks a business, then tap   
next to the name.
From there, you can do the following:
Tap a phone number to call, an email address to send email to, or a web address to 
 
visit.
For directions, tap Directions To Here or Directions From Here. 
To add the business to your contacts list, tap “Add to Contacts” at the bottom of the  
screen, then tap “Create New Contact” or “Add to Existing Contact.”
Share the location of the business by email or text message.
 
148 Chapter 15    Maps

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
See a list of the businesses found in the search:  From the Map screen, tap List.
Tap a business to see its location. Or tap   next to a business to see its information.
%3
$)1%#3)/.2
)2)3
6%"2)3%
!03/2(/6
#/.3!#3).&/
!,,
Sharing Location Information
You can add a location you’ve found to your contacts list. You can also send links to a 
Google Maps location using email or MMS.
Add a location to your contacts list:  Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap 
 next to the name or description, then tap “Add to Contacts” at the bottom of the 
screen and tap “Create New Contact” or “Add to Existing Contact.” 
Email a link to a Google Maps location:  Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, 
tap   next to the name or description, then tap Share Location at the bottom of the 
screen and tap Email. 
Send a link via MMS to a Google Maps location:  Find a location, tap the pin that 
points to it, tap   next to the name or description, then tap Share Location at the 
bottom of the screen and tap MMS. 
Bookmarking Locations
Bookmark a location:  Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap   next to the 
name or description, then tap “Add to Bookmarks” at the bottom of the Info screen.
See a bookmarked location or recently viewed location:  Tap  
then tap Bookmarks or Recents.
149
Chapter 15    Maps

Weather 16
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Viewing Weather Summaries
Tap Weather on the Home screen to get the current temperature and six-day forecast 
for one or more cities around the world.
"01(*+,
-**',,&)*,-*
-**',('","('+
'%,","+
-&*(","++,(*
(13+!" !'%(/
If the weather board is light blue, it’s daytime in that city—between 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 
p.m. If the board is dark purple, it’s nighttime—between 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m.
Add a city:  
1Tap  , then tap  .
2Enter a city name or zip code, then tap Search.
3Choose a city in the search list.
Switch to another city:  Flick left or right, or tap to the left or right of the row of dots. 
The number of dots below the weather board shows how many cities are stored.
Reorder cities:  Tap  , then drag   next to a city to a new place in the list.
150

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Delete a city:  Tap   and tap   next to a city, then tap Delete.
Display the temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius:  Tap  , then tap °F or °C.
Getting More Weather Information
You can see a more detailed weather report, news and websites related to the city, and 
more.
See information about a city at Yahoo.com:  Tap  .
151
Chapter 16    Weather

Notes 17
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
About Notes
You can create notes on iPhone and sync notes with supported applications on your 
computer and online accounts. You can search for text in a list of notes.
Syncing Notes
You can sync Notes in either of the following ways:
In iTunes, use the iPhone settings panes to sync with Mail on a Mac or with 
 
Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC when you connect iPhone to your 
computer. See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 58.
In Settings, turn on Notes in MobileMe, Google, Yahoo!, AOL, or other IMAP account 
 
to sync your notes over the air (iPhone 3GS or later) with those accounts. See 
“Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts” on page 25.
Writing and Reading Notes
When you sync Notes with an application on your computer or with online accounts, 
the Accounts screen shows each those accounts, plus a button to display all notes in a 
single list.
See all notes:  Tap All Notes.
152

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
%%./4%3&/2!30%#)=#!##/5.4Tap the account name.
Change the font used to display notes:  In Settings, choose Notes, then select the font 
you want to use.
landscape orientation and type using a larger keyboard.
Add a note:  Tap  , then type your note and tap Done.
Notes” on 
page 218.
Read a note:  Tap the note. Tap   or   to see the next or previous note.
Edit a note:  Tap anywhere on the note to bring up the keyboard.
Delete a note:  Tap the note, then tap  .
153
Chapter 17    Notes

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Searching Notes
You can search the text of notes.
Search for notes:  
1
2
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of 
the results. 
Notes are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on page 47.
Emailing Notes
Email a note:  Tap the note, then tap  .
To email a note, iPhone must be set up for email. See “Setting Up Email Accounts” on 
page 79.
154 Chapter 17    Notes

Clock 18
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
World Clocks
You can add clocks to show the time in other major cities and time zones around the 
world.
View clocks:  Tap World Clock.
If the clock face is white, it’s daytime in that city. If the clock face is black, it’s nighttime. 
Add a clock:  
1Tap World Clock.
2Tap  , then type the name of a city.
Cities matching what you’ve typed appear below.
3Tap a city to add a clock for that city.
If you don’t see the city you’re looking for, try a major city in the same time zone.
Delete a clock:  Tap World Clock and tap Edit. Then tap   next to a clock and tap 
Delete.
Rearrange clocks:  Tap World Clock and tap Edit. Then drag   next to a clock to a new 
place in the list.
Alarms
You can set multiple alarms. Set each alarm to repeat on days you specify, or to sound 
only once.
Set an alarm:  
1Tap Alarm and tap  .
2Adjust any of the following settings:
155

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 To set the alarm to repeat on certain days, tap Repeat and choose the days.
 &tap Sound.
 To set whether the alarm gives you the option to hit snooze, 
Snooze is on and you tap Snooze when the alarm sounds, the alarm stops and then 
sounds again in ten minutes.
 To give the alarm a description, tap Label. iPhone displays the label when the alarm 
sounds.
If at least one alarm is set and turned on,   appears in the iPhone status bar at the top 
of the screen.
Important:  Some carriers don’t support network time in all locations. If you’re 
traveling, iPhone alerts may not sound at the correct local time. See “Date and Time” on 
page 204.
52.!.!,!2-/./2/?
turn it on again to reenable it.
Change settings for an alarm:  Tap Alarm and tap Edit, then tap   next to the alarm 
you want to change.
Delete an alarm:  Tap Alarm and tap Edit, then tap   next to the alarm and tap 
Delete.
Stopwatch
Use the stopwatch to time an event:  
 1 Tap Stopwatch.
 2  Tap Start to start the stopwatch.
 To record lap times, tap Lap after each lap.
 To pause the stopwatch, tap Stop. Tap Start to resume.
 To reset the stopwatch, tap Reset when the stopwatch is paused.
If you start the stopwatch and switch to another app, the stopwatch keeps running.
Timer
Set the timer:  
to start the timer.
Choose the sound:  Tap When Timer Ends.
Set a sleep timer:  Set the timer, then tap When Timer Ends and choose Sleep iPod.
When you set a sleep timer, iPhone stops playing music or video when the timer ends.
156 Chapter 18    Clock

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If you start the timer and then switch to another iPhone app, the timer keeps running.
157
Chapter 18    Clock

Calculator 19
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Using the Calculator
Tap numbers and functions in Calculator just as you would with a standard calculator. 
When you tap the add, subtract, multiply, or divide button, a white ring appears 
around the button to let you know the operation to be carried out. Rotate iPhone to 
Standard Memory Functions
 C:  Tap to clear the displayed number.
 MC:  Tap to clear the memory.
 M+:  Tap to add the displayed number to the number in memory. If no number is in 
memory, tap to store the displayed number in memory.
 M–:  Tap to subtract the displayed number from the number in memory.
 MR:  Tap to replace the displayed number with the number in memory. If the button 
has a white ring around it, there is a number stored in memory.
The stored number remains in memory when you switch between the standard and 
158

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
2nd Changes the trigonometric buttons (sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, and tanh) to their inverse 
functions (sin-1, cos-1, tan-1, sinh-1, cosh-1, and tanh-1). It also changes ln to log2, and ex to 
2x. Tap 2nd again to return the buttons to their original functions.
(Opens a parenthetical expression. Expressions can be nested.
)Closes a parenthetical expression.
%Calculates percentages, adds markups, and subtracts discounts. To calculate a 
percentage, use it with the multiplication (x) key. For example, to calculate 8% of 500, 
enter 
500 x 8 % = 
which returns 40.
To add a markup or subtract a discount, use it with the plus (+) or minus (–) key. For 
example, to compute the total cost of a $500 item with an 8% sales tax, enter 
500 + 8 % = 
which returns 540.
1/x Returns the reciprocal of a value in decimal format.
x2Squares a value.
x3Cubes a value.
yx
example, to compute 34, enter 
3 yx 4 = 
which returns 81.
x! Calculates the factorial of a value.
Calculates the square root of a value.
xyUse between values to calculate the x root of y. For example to compute 481, enter 
81 xy 4 = 
which returns 3.
159
Chapter 19    Calculator

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
log Returns the log base 10 of a value.
sin Calculates the sine of a value.
sin-1 Calculates the arc sine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.)
cos Calculates the cosine of a value.
cos-1 Calculates the arc cosine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.)
tan Calculates the tangent of a value.
tan-1 Calculates the arc tangent of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.)
ln Calculates the natural log of a value.
log2 Calculates the log base 2. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.)
sinh Calculates the hyperbolic sine of a value.
sinh-1 Calculates the inverse hyperbolic sine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is 
tapped.)
cosh Calculates the hyperbolic cosine of a value.
cosh-1 Calculates the inverse hyperbolic cosine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is 
tapped.)
tanh Calculates the hyperbolic tangent of a value.
tanh-1 Calculates the inverse hyperbolic tangent of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is 
tapped.)
exTap after entering a value to raise the constant “e” (2.718281828459045…) to the power 
of that value.
2xCalculates 2 to the power of the displayed value. For example, 10 2x = 1024. (Available 
when the 2nd button is tapped.)
Rad Changes the mode to express trigonometric functions in radians.
Deg Changes the mode to express trigonometric functions in degrees.
Enters the value of  (3.141592653589793…).
EE An operator that multiplies the currently displayed value by 10 to the power of the next 
value you enter.
Rand Returns a random number between 0 and 1.
160 Chapter 19    Calculator

Compass 20
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Getting Compass Readings
The built-in compass (iPhone 3GS or later) shows which direction you’re facing, along 
with the geographical coordinates of your current location. You can choose magnetic 
north, or have Compass adjust the declination to show true north.
Important:  
magnetic or other environmental interference, including interference caused by the 
close proximity of the magnets contained in the iPhone earbuds. The digital compass 
should only be used for basic navigation assistance and should not be solely relied on 
to determine precise locations, proximity, distance, or direction.
calibrated occasionally after that. iPhone alerts you whenever calibration is needed.
Note:  
turn it on. You can use Compass without turning on location services. See “Location 
Services” on page 200.
161

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Calibrate iPhone:  
from a source of interference.
See the direction you’re facing:  Hold iPhone level to the ground. The compass needle 
rotates to point north. Your current direction appears at the top of the screen. The 
coordinates of your current location are displayed at the bottom of the screen.
Switch between true north and magnetic north:  Tap   and tap the setting you 
want.
Compass and Maps
in compass to show the direction you’re facing.
See your current location in Maps:  Tap   at the bottom of the Compass screen. Maps 
opens and indicates your current location with a blue marker.
162 Chapter 20    Compass

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Show the direction you’re facing:  In Maps, tap   twice. The icon changes to  . The 
angle shows the accuracy of the compass reading—the smaller the angle, the greater 
the accuracy.
See “Finding and Viewing Locations” on page 141.
163
Chapter 20    Compass

Voice Memos 21
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Recording Voice Memos
Voice Memos lets you use iPhone as a portable recording device using the built-in 
microphone, iPhone or Bluetooth headset mic, or supported external microphone.
Note:  External microphones must be designed to work with the iPhone headset jack 
or Dock Connector. These include Apple-branded earbuds and authorized third-party 
accessories marked with the Apple “Made for iPhone” or “Works with iPhone” logo.
You can adjust the recording level by moving the microphone closer to or further 
away from what you’re recording. For better recording quality, the loudest level on the 
level meter should be between –3dB and 0 dB.
(*-,,('
-"(%.%&,*
(,(.("&&(+
164

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Record a voice memo:  
 1 Tap   to start recording. You can also press the center button on the iPhone 
earphones.
 2 Tap  to pause or   to stop recording. You can also press the center button on the 
iPhone earphones.
Recordings using the built-in microphone are mono, but you can record stereo using 
an external stereo microphone.
When you start a voice recording, iPhone makes a short ringing sound. The sound isn’t 
played if you’ve set the Ring/Silent switch to silent. See “Sounds and the Ring/Silent 
Switch” on page 196.
Note:  
if the Ring/Silent switch is set to silent.
To use other apps while recording your voice memo, you can lock iPhone or press the 
Home   button.
Play a voice memo you just recorded:  Tap  .
Listening to Voice Memos
#14""%1"!1
,!8(%!$
Play a voice memo you’ve previously recorded:  
 1 Tap  .
 2  Tap a memo, then tap  . 
Tap   to pause, then tap   again to resume playback.
Skip to any point in a voice memo:  Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar.
Listen through the built-in speaker:  Tap Speaker.
165
Chapter 21    Voice Memos

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Managing Voice Memos
Delete a voice memo:  Tap a memo in the list, then tap Delete.
See more information:  Tap   next to the memo. The Info screen displays information 
about the length, recording time and date, and provides additional editing and 
sharing functions.
Add a label to a voice memo:  On the Info screen tap  , then select a label in the list 
on the Label screen. To create a custom label, choose Custom at the bottom of the list, 
then type a name for the label.
Trimming Voice Memos
You can trim the beginning or ending of a voice memo to eliminate unwanted pauses 
or noise.
Trim a voice memo:  
 1  On the Voice Memos screen, tap   next to the memo you want to trim.
 2 Tap Trim Memo.
166 Chapter 21    Voice Memos

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 3  Using the time markers as a guide, drag the edges of the audio region to adjust the 
beginning and end of the voice memo. To preview your edit, tap  .
 4 Tap Trim Voice Memo.
Important:  Edits you make to voice memos can’t be undone.
Sharing Voice Memos
You can share your voice memos as attachments in email or MMS messages.
Share a voice memo:  
 1  Select a voice memo on the Voice Memos screen, then tap Share.
You can also tap Share on the Info screen of a voice memo.
 2  Choose Email to open a new message in Mail with the memo attached, or choose 
MMS to open a new message in Messages. 
Syncing Voice Memos
iTunes syncs voice memos to your iTunes library when you connect iPhone to your 
computer. This lets you listen to voice memos on your computer and provides a 
backup if you delete them from iPhone.
Voice memos are synced to the Voice Memos playlist. iTunes creates the playlist if it 
doesn’t exist. When you sync voice memos to iTunes, they remain in the Voice Memos 
app until you delete them. If you delete a voice memo on iPhone, it isn’t deleted from 
the Voice Memos playlist in iTunes. However, if you delete a voice memo from iTunes, it 
is deleted from iPhone the next time you sync with iTunes.
You can sync the iTunes Voice Memos playlist to the iPod app on iPhone using the 
Music pane in iTunes.
167
Chapter 21    Voice Memos

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Sync the Voice Memos playlist to iPhone:
 1  Connect iPhone to your computer. 
 2  In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list.
 3  Select Music at the top of the screen.
 4  Select the “Include voice memos” checkbox and click Apply.
168 Chapter 21    Voice Memos

iTunes Store 22
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
About the iTunes Store
You can search for, browse, preview, purchase, and download music, ringtones, 
audiobooks, TV shows, movies, and music videos from the iTunes Store directly to 
iPhone. You can listen to audio or watch video podcasts from the iTunes Store, either 
by streaming them from the Internet or by downloading them directly to iPhone. And, 
who’s planning to go, and more.
Note:  The iTunes Store may not be available in all countries or regions, and iTunes 
Store content may vary by country or region.
To access the iTunes Store, iPhone must be connected to the Internet. See “Connecting 
to the Internet” on page 22.
To purchase items or write reviews, you need an Apple ID. By default, iPhone gets your 
Apple ID information from iTunes. If you don’t have an Apple ID, or if you want to make 
purchases using another Apple ID, go to Settings > Store. See “Store” on page 218.
You don’t need an Apple ID to play or download podcasts.
169

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Finding Music, Videos, and More
Browse content:  Tap one of the content categories at the bottom of the screen, such 
as Music or Videos. Or tap More to browse other content. Choose a sort method at the 
top of the screen—for example New Releases or Genres (the categories may vary).
Search for content:  
category, such as Movies, Albums, or Podcasts.
Tap an item in a list to see more details on its Info screen. You can read reviews, write 
your own review, or email a link about the item to a friend. Depending on the item, 
you can also buy, download, or rent it.
Note:  If you join a Starbucks Wi-Fi network in a select Starbucks location (available 
in the U.S. only), the Starbucks icon appears at the bottom of the screen. You can 
preview and purchase the currently playing and other songs from featured Starbucks 
Collections.
170 Chapter 22    iTunes Store

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Explore artist and friend recommendations:  
are excited about. For information, see the following section, “Following Artists and 
Friends.”
Following Artists and Friends
Use iTunes Ping to connect with the world’s most passionate music fans. Follow 
favorite artists to learn about new releases and upcoming concerts and tours, get an 
insider’s perspective through their photos and videos, and learn about their musical 
they’re buying and which concerts they plan to attend. Finally, express your musical 
likes and post comments for your own followers.
2%!4%9/52)5.%3).'02/=,%Open the iTunes application on your Mac or PC, click 
Ping, and follow the onscreen instructions.
Explore iTunes Ping on iPhone:  
isn’t visible), then:
Tap Activity to see the latest from and about the people you follow. Updates include 
 
purchases, reviews, likes, comments, and posts.
Tap People to see who you’re following and who’s following you, or to search for 
 
artists or friends.
 
Follow an artist:  
 By searching:  
page, then tap Search. Tap the artist in the list of results, then tap Follow.
 While browsing:  
171
Chapter 22    iTunes Store

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Follow a friend:  
iTunes on your Mac or PC. After that, you can choose to follow others using Ping on 
iPhone.
 By searching:  
Search. Tap your friend’s name in the list of matches, then tap Follow.
 While exploring Ping:  Tap a person’s name, then tap Follow.
choose to approve or decline requests to be followed as they arrive, or simply accept 
all new followers without review (the default).
Share your thoughts:  As you browse albums and songs, tap Post to comment on a 
piece of music or tap Like just to say you like it. Your friends will see your thoughts in 
their iTunes Ping Activity feed.
Share concert plans:  
the artists you follow, and see which of your friends are going to a concert. Tap Tickets 
to buy your own ticket, or tap I’m Going to let others know you’ll be there too. (Not 
available in all countries or regions.)
Purchasing Ringtones
You can preview and purchase ringtones from the iTunes Store and download them to 
iPhone.
Note:  Ringtones may not be available in all countries or regions.
Browse for ringtones:  
Preview a ringtone:  Tap the item to preview. Double-tap the item for more 
information.
172 Chapter 22    iTunes Store

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Purchase and download a ringtone:
 1  Tap the price, then tap Buy Now.
 2 
When you purchase a ringtone, you can set it as your default ringtone, or assign it to a 
contact.
If you don’t have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up.
Your purchase is charged to your Apple ID. For additional purchases made within the 
You can change your default ringtone or assign individual ringtones to contacts in 
Settings > Sounds. See “Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch” on page 196.
Ringtones you purchase on iPhone are synced to your iTunes library when you 
connect iPhone to your computer. You can sync purchased ringtones to more than 
one iPhone, if they’re all synced using the Apple ID that you used to purchase the 
ringtones. You can’t edit ringtones you purchase from the iTunes Store.
You can create custom ringtones in Garage Band. For information, see Garage Band 
Help.
Purchasing Music or Audiobooks
purchase and download it to iPhone. You can preview an item before you purchase it 
to make sure it’s what you want.
Preview a song or audiobook:  Tap the item.
Purchase and download a song, album, or audiobook:
 1  Tap the price, then tap Buy Now.
 2 
If you don’t have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up.
Your purchase is charged to your Apple ID. For additional purchases made within the 
An alert appears if you’ve previously purchased one or more songs from an album. 
Tap Buy if you want to purchase the entire album including the songs you’ve already 
purchased, or tap Cancel if you want to purchase any remaining songs individually.
Some albums include bonus content, which is downloaded to your iTunes library on 
your computer. Not all bonus content is downloaded directly to iPhone.
Once you purchase an item, it begins downloading and appears on the Downloads 
screen. See “Checking Download Status” on page 175.
173
Chapter 22    iTunes Store

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Purchased songs are added to a Purchased playlist on iPhone. If you delete the 
Purchased playlist, iTunes creates a new one when you buy an item from the iTunes 
Store.
make purchases. When you’re signed in, your remaining store credit appears with your 
Apple ID information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens.
Enter a redemption code:  
Redeem at the bottom of the screen and follow the onscreen instructions.
Purchasing or Renting Videos
The iTunes Store lets you purchase and download movies, TV shows, and music videos 
(may not be available in all countries or regions). Some movies and TV shows can also 
Preview a video:  Tap Preview.
Purchase or rent a video:
 1  Tap Buy or Rent.
 2 
If you don’t have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Your purchase 
minutes, you don’t have to enter your password again.
Once you purchase an item, it begins downloading and appears on the Downloads 
screen. See “Checking Download Status” on page 175.
Rented movies and TV shows don’t begin playing until the download completes. See 
“Watching Rented Movies and TV Shows” on page 106.
When the download is complete, purchased videos are added to the Purchased playlist 
on iPhone. Purchased content is synced to the Purchased playlist for your iPhone in 
iTunes the next time you connect iPhone to your computer. See “Syncing Purchased 
Content” on page 176.
Note:  If you purchase HD video on iPhone 3G or iPhone 3GS, the video is downloaded 
to iPhone in SD format.
To view or sync videos in the Purchased playlist in iTunes on your computer, you must 
be signed in using your Apple ID.
Sync purchased videos in iTunes:  Connect iPhone to your computer. In iTunes, select 
iPhone in the Devices list, click the appropriate button (Movies, TV Shows, or Music for 
music videos), select the items you want to sync, then click Sync.
174 Chapter 22    iTunes Store

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If you purchase a video in HD format, you can choose to sync it in either SD or HD 
format. You may want to sync an HD video in SD format for a quicker download, or to 
save room on iPhone.
Select SD or HD format:  In iTunes, Control-click or right-click a video marked “HD-SD” 
make purchases. When you’re signed in, your remaining store credit appears with your 
Apple ID information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens.
Enter a redemption code:  
Redeem at the bottom of the screen and follow the onscreen instructions.
Streaming or Downloading Podcasts
You can listen to audio podcasts or watch video podcasts streamed over the Internet 
from the iTunes Store. You can also download audio and video podcasts to iPhone. 
Podcasts you download to iPhone are synced to your iTunes library when you connect 
iPhone to your computer.
Store. To see a list of episodes, tap a podcast. Video podcasts are indicated by the 
video   icon.
Stream a podcast:  Tap the podcast title.
Download a podcast:  Tap the Free button, then tap Download. Downloaded podcasts 
appear in the Podcasts list in iPod.
Listen to or watch a podcast you’ve downloaded:  In iPod, tap Podcasts (tap More 
list of videos.
Get more episodes of the podcast you’ve downloaded:  In the Podcasts list in iPod, 
tap the podcast, then tap Get More Episodes.
Delete a podcast:  In the Podcasts list in iPod, swipe left or right over the podcast, then 
tap Delete.
Checking Download Status
You can check the Downloads screen to see the status of in-progress and scheduled 
downloads, including purchases you’ve pre-ordered.
See the status of items being downloaded:  
Downloads isn’t visible).
To pause a download, tap  .
175
Chapter 22    iTunes Store

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If a download is interrupted, iPhone starts the download again the next time it has an 
Internet connection. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the 
download to your iTunes library (if your computer is connected to the Internet and 
signed in using the same Apple ID).
See the status of pre-ordered items:  
visible).
Pre-ordered items appear in a list until the item is released. Tap the item for release 
date information. Once the item is available for download,   appears next to the 
download.
Download a pre-ordered item:  Tap the item, then tap  .
Pre-ordered items don’t download automatically when they’re released. Return to the 
Downloads screen to begin the download.
Syncing Purchased Content
iTunes automatically syncs everything you’ve downloaded or purchased on iPhone to 
your iTunes library when you connect iPhone to your computer. This lets you access 
the downloads on your computer and provides a backup if you delete purchased 
content from iPhone.
Purchased content is synced to the “Purchased on <name of your iPhone>” playlist. 
iTunes creates the playlist if it doesn’t exist. iTunes also copies your purchases to the 
Purchased playlist that iTunes uses for purchases you make on your computer, if that 
playlist exists and is set to sync with iPhone.
Downloaded podcasts are synced to the Podcast list in your iTunes library.
Changing the Browse Buttons
You can replace the Music, Podcasts, Videos, and Search buttons at the bottom of the 
screen with ones you use more frequently. For example, if you download audiobooks 
often but don’t watch many videos, you could replace the Videos button with 
Audiobooks.
176 Chapter 22    iTunes Store

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Change the browse buttons:  Tap More, tap Edit, then drag a button to the bottom of 
the screen, over the button you want to replace.
You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them. 
When you’re browsing, tap More to access the browse buttons that aren’t visible.
Viewing Account Information
To view iTunes Store information for your Apple ID on iPhone, tap your Apple ID (at the 
bottom of most iTunes Store screens). Or go to Settings > Store and tap View Apple ID. 
You must be signed in to view your account information. See “Store” on page 218.
Verifying Downloads
You can use iTunes on your computer to verify that all the music, videos, apps, and 
other items you bought from the iTunes Store or App Store are in your iTunes library. 
You might want to do this if a download was interrupted.
Verify your purchases:
1Make sure your computer is connected to the Internet.
2In iTunes, choose Store > Check for Available Downloads.
3Enter your Apple ID and password, then click Check.
Purchases not yet on your computer are downloaded.
The Purchased playlist displays your purchases. However, because you can add or 
remove items in this list, it might not be accurate. To see all of your purchases, sign in 
using your Apple ID, choose Store > View My Account, and click Purchase History.
177
Chapter 22    iTunes Store

App Store 23
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
About the App Store
You can search for, browse, review, purchase, and download apps from the App 
Store directly to iPhone. Apps that you download and install from the App Store 
on iPhone are backed up to your iTunes library the next time you sync iPhone with 
your computer. When you sync iPhone, you can also install apps you’ve purchased or 
downloaded from the iTunes Store on your computer.
Note:  The App Store may not be available in all countries or regions, and App Store 
content may vary by country or region.
To browse the App Store, iPhone must be connected to the Internet. See “Connecting 
to the Internet” on page 22. To download apps, you also need an Apple ID (may not 
be available in all countries or regions). By default, iPhone gets your Apple ID settings 
from iTunes. If you don’t have an Apple ID, or if you want to make purchases using 
another Apple ID, go to Settings > Store. See “Store” on page 218.
Browsing and Searching
Browse the featured selections to see new, notable, or recommended apps, or browse 
178

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Browse apps:  Tap Featured, Categories, or Top 25. Choose a category, or choose a sort 
method at the top of the screen to browse by lists such as New, What’s Hot, Genius, 
Top Paid, or Top Free.
Browse using Genius:  Tap Genius to see a list of recommended apps based on what’s 
already in your app collection. To turn Genius on, follow the onscreen instructions. 
Genius is a free service, but it requires an Apple ID. 
Search for apps:  
tap Search.
179
Chapter 23    App Store

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Info Screen
Tap any app in a list to see more information, such as the app’s price, screenshots, and 
ratings.
If you already installed the app, “Installed” appears instead of the price on the Info 
screen.
View screenshots:  Scroll to near the bottom of the Info page. Flick left or right to view 
additional screenshot pages. Double-tap to zoom in.
Get ratings and read reviews:  Tap Ratings near the bottom of the Info screen.
Email a link to the app’s Info page in iTunes:  Tap “Tell a Friend” near the bottom of 
the Info screen.
Report a problem:  Tap “Report a Problem” near the bottom of the Info screen. Select a 
problem from the list or type optional comments, then tap Report.
Send the app to someone as a gift:  Tap “Gift This App” near the bottom of the Info 
screen, then follow the onscreen instructions.
180 Chapter 23    App Store

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Downloading Apps
to iPhone. If the app is free, you can download it without charge.
Once you download an app, it’s immediately installed on iPhone.
Purchase and download an app:
1Tap the price (or tap Free), then tap Buy Now.
2
If you don’t have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up.
Downloads for purchase are charged to your Apple ID. For additional downloads made 
Some apps allow you to make purchases within the app. You can restrict in-app 
purchases in Settings. See “Restrictions” on page 202.
or sound alerts, and a numbered badge on the app icon on the Home screen. See 
“” on page 195.
make purchases. When you’re signed in, your remaining store credit appears with your 
Apple ID information at the bottom of most App Store screens.
Enter a redemption code:  Tap Redeem near the bottom of the Featured screen, then 
follow the onscreen instructions.
See the status of downloading apps:  After you begin downloading an app, its icon 
appears on the Home screen and shows a progress indicator.
If a download is interrupted, iPhone starts the download again the next time it has an 
Internet connection. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the 
download to your iTunes library (if your computer is connected to the Internet and 
signed in using the same Apple ID).
Deleting Apps
You can delete apps you install from the App Store. If you delete an app, data 
associated with the app is no longer available to iPhone, unless you reinstall the app 
and restore its data from a backup.
181
Chapter 23    App Store

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
You can reinstall an app and restore its data as long as you backed up iPhone with 
iTunes on your computer. (If you try to delete an app that hasn’t been backed up to 
your computer, an alert appears.) To retrieve the app data, you must restore iPhone 
from a backup containing the data. See “Restoring from a Backup” on page 256.
Delete an App Store app:
 1  Touch and hold any app icon on the Home screen, until the icons start to jiggle.
 2 Tap   in the corner of the app you want to delete.
 3  Tap Delete, then press the Home   button.
If you don’t see   on the app icon, either the app wasn’t purchased from the App 
Store or deleting apps has been restricted. See “Restrictions” on page 202.
When you delete an app, its data is no longer accessible through the iPhone user 
interface, but it isn’t erased from iPhone. For information about erasing all content and 
settings, see “Erase All Content and Settings” on page 207.
You can redownload any app that you’ve purchased from the App Store, free of charge.
Replace a deleted app:  
 On iPhone:  Purchase the app again (you won’t be charged). 
 In iTunes:  Connect iPhone to your computer, select iPhone in the Devices list, click 
Apps and select the checkbox next to the app, then click Apply.
Writing Reviews
You can write and submit your own app reviews directly on iPhone.
Write a review:
 1  Tap Ratings near the bottom of the Info screen.
 2  On the Reviews screen, tap “Write a Review.”
 3  Select the number of stars (1–5) for your rating of the app, and enter your nickname, 
a title for the review, and optional review comments. If you’ve written reviews before, 
nickname.
 4 Tap Send.
You must be signed in to your Apple account and have downloaded the item in order 
to submit reviews.
182 Chapter 23    App Store

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Updating Apps
Whenever you access the App Store, it checks for updates to apps you’ve installed. The 
App Store also automatically checks for updates every week. The App Store icon shows 
the total number of app updates available.
If an update is available and you access the App Store, the Updates screen appears 
immediately. App updates are downloaded and automatically installed when you 
choose to update them.
App upgrades are new releases that can be purchased or downloaded through the 
App Store on iPhone or the iTunes Store on your computer.
Update an app:
1At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates.
2Tap an app to see more information about the update. 
3Tap Update.
Update all apps:  At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates, then tap Update All.
that account ID and password in order to download the update.
Syncing Purchased Apps
When you connect iPhone to your computer, iTunes syncs apps you download or 
purchase on iPhone to your iTunes library. This lets you access the downloads on your 
computer and provides a backup if you delete apps from iPhone.
Downloaded apps are backed up the next time you sync with iTunes. Afterwards, only 
app data is backed up when you sync with iTunes.
Apps are synced to the Apps list in your iTunes library. iTunes creates the list if it 
doesn’t exist. 
183
Chapter 23    App Store

Game Center 24
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
About Game Center
You can discover new games and share your game experiences with friends around 
the world in Game Center (iPhone 3GS or later). Invite your friends to play, or use 
Note:  Game Center may not be available in all countries or regions, and the available 
games may vary by country or region.
To use Game Center, you need an Internet connection and an Apple ID. If you already 
have an iTunes Store, MobileMe, or other Apple account, you can use that Apple ID 
with Game Center. If you don’t already have an Apple account, you can create a new 
one in Game Center, as described below.
Setting Up Game Center
alerts, sounds, and icon badges that let you know about Game Center events even 
when you’re not using Game Center. For example, you might receive an alert that a 
friend has invited you to play a game. 
,,/7./4)=#!4)/.3
52../4)=#!4)/.3/./2/?
184

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
0%#)&97()#(./4)=#!4)/.39/57!.4&/2!-%%.4%2In Settings, choose 
Set up Game Center information for your Apple ID:
 1  Enter your Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In.
You may be asked to provide additional information. If you don’t have an Apple ID, you 
can create one by tapping Create New Account.
 2  Tap Agree to accept the Game Center Terms & Conditions.
 3  Enter a nickname—the name others will see and know you by.
 4 
To allow other users to invite you to play a game, leave Allow Game Invites turned 
 
 
 
yours, you’ll need to respond to the email that is sent to that address.
To add more email addresses that people can use to contact you in Game Center,  
tap Add Another Email.
 5 
Change Game Center settings for your Apple ID:
 1  Tap Me at the bottom of the screen, then tap your account banner.
 2 Tap View Account.
 3  Make your changes, then tap Done.
)'.).53).'!$)?%2%.400,%
 1  Tap Me, then tap the account banner at the bottom of the screen.
 2  Tap Sign Out.
 3  Enter the new Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In.
Games
Purchasing and Downloading Games
Games for Game Center are available from the App Store. If you haven’t entered credit 
card information for your Apple ID, you’re prompted to enter that information before 
you can purchase and download games.
Purchase and download games:  Tap Games, then tap Find Game Center Games. 
185
Chapter 24    Game Center

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
The Game Center section of App Store displays games that work with Game Center. 
You can browse this section, and purchase and download games from it, as you would 
for other apps in the App Store. See Chapter 23, “App Store,” on page 178.
If you want to purchase a game that a friend has, tap the game on your friend’s info 
screen to go directly to that game in the App Store. 
Playing Games
The Games screen displays the games you download from the iTunes Store. For each 
of the games, your number of achievements and your ranking among all the game’s 
players are displayed.
Get information about a game:  Tap Games, then tap a game. If available, you can 
who’s recently played the game.
Play a game:  Tap Games, choose a game, then tap Play.
Depending on the game, the home screen may provide instructions or other 
information, and let you view leaderboards and achievements, set game options, and 
start a single or multiplayer game. To play against others, you can either invite a friend 
about making friends in Game Center, see “Friends” on page 189.
For multiplayer games, you can also send a game invitation from the Friends screen.
Invite a friend to a multiplayer game from the Friends screen:
1Tap Friends at the bottom of the screen.
2Choose a friend.
3Choose a game and tap Play.
If the game allows or requires additional players, you can choose players to invite, then 
tap Next.
186 Chapter 24    Game Center

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 4  Enter and send your invitation, then wait for the others to accept.
 5  Start the game.
If a friend isn’t available or doesn’t respond to your invitation, you can tap Auto-Match 
some other friend.
Other players may invite you to play the game.
Respond to an invitation to play a game:  Tap Accept or Decline in the alert that 
appears.
You can disable multiplayer games in Restrictions. See “Restrictions” on page 202. 
Game Invites in Game Center settings. See “Your Status and Account Information” on 
page 191.
Return to Game Center:  Press the Home button, then tap Game Center on the Home 
screen.
On iPhone 3GS or later, you can also press the Home button twice quickly and choose 
Game Center from your recent apps.
Leaderboards
Some games provide one or more leaderboards to show the ranking of the game’s 
players, with their scores, times, or other measures of the players’ success.
See a game’s leaderboard:  Tap Games, then choose the game and tap Leaderboard.
You may also be able to view leaderboards from within a game.
If a game has variations (such as Easy, Normal, and Hard), the Categories screen lets 
you choose the leaderboard for the game in general, or for one of the variations.
187
Chapter 24    Game Center

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
The leaderboard shows the ranking of your friends, and of all players. You may be able 
Rotate iPhone to see a leaderboard in landscape orientation.
Start playing a game from the leaderboard:  Tap Play in the upper-right corner.
Achievements
See the possible achievements for a game:  Tap Games, choose a game, then tap 
Achievements.
For each achievement, Game Center shows how many bonus points are awarded, 
and whether you’ve completed the achievement. The total points awarded for your 
only once.
You may also be able to view achievements from within a game.
Recently Played
Some games let you see which of your friends have recently played the game.
188 Chapter 24    Game Center

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
See who’s recently played a game:  Tap Games, tap a game, then tap Recently Played.
Get information about a player:  Tap a player’s name in the list.
Friends
Game Center puts you in contact with players around the world. You add friends to 
Game Center by making a request, or by accepting a request from another player.
Add a friend to Game Center:
1Tap Friends or Requests.
2Tap +, then enter a friend’s email address or Game Center nickname.
Matching addresses and names from your contacts appear as you type. Tap a contact 
to include that person in your request. Tap   to browse your contacts.
To add several friends at once, enter additional contacts.
3Enter a message for your request, then tap Send.
In order to become a friend, a person must accept your request.
Other players might send you a request. If you receive an alert, you can accept the 
request from there, or close it and respond to the request later from the Request 
screen. A badge on the Requests button indicates the number of outstanding friend 
requests.
Respond to a friend request:  Tap Requests, tap the name of the person making the 
request, then tap Accept, Ignore, or Report a Problem.
189
Chapter 24    Game Center

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
When a player accepts another player’s request, they each become the other’s friend. 
Friends’ names appear on the Friends screen.
Get information about a friend:  Tap the friend’s name.
Search for a friend:  Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the 
A friend’s info page shows how many friends (including you) the person has, the 
friend has completed. The info screen may also show:
The games you’ve played together
 
The games you have in common 
Other games your friend has 
You can tap a game in any of the lists to see your position and your friend’s position 
on the overall leaderboard, and your respective accomplishments for the game.
190 Chapter 24    Game Center

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Invite a friend to play a game:  Tap Friends, tap the friend’s name, tap a game, then 
tap Play. See “Playing Games” on page 186.
Remove a friend:  Tap Friends, tap a name, then tap Unfriend and tap Remove.
Report a problem with a friend:  Tap Friends, tap the friend’s name, then tap “Report a 
Problem.” Describe the problem, then tap Report to send the report. 
play games. See “Restrictions” on page 202.
Your Status and Account Information
The Me screen summarizes information about your friends, your games, and your 
achievements.
Your status appears along with your nickname in other players’ Friends screens.
Change your status:  
status.
View your account information:  Tap the account banner, then tap View Account.
You can change or update the following settings:
Nickname
 
Allow game invites 
Find Me By Email 
Your mail address for Game Center 
Additional email addresses 
191
Chapter 24    Game Center

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Sign out:  Tap the account banner, then tap Sign Out.
To sign in to another account, enter your username and password, then tap Sign In. To 
create a new account, tap Create New Account and follow the onscreen instructions.
192 Chapter 24    Game Center

Settings 25
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
network connection, and enter other preferences for iPhone.
Airplane Mode
Airplane mode disables the wireless features of iPhone to reduce potential 
interference with aircraft operation and other electrical equipment.
Turn on airplane mode:  Tap Settings and turn airplane mode on.
When airplane mode is on,   appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. No 
phone, radio, Wi-Fi, or Bluetooth signals are emitted from iPhone and GPS reception is 
Make or receive phone calls
 
Make or receive FaceTime video calls 
Get visual voicemail 
Send or receive email 
Browse the Internet 
Sync your contacts, calendars, or bookmarks (MobileMe only) with MobileMe or  
Microsoft Exchange
Send or receive text or MMS messages
 
Stream YouTube videos 
Get stock quotes 
Get map locations 
Get weather reports 
Use the iTunes Store or the App Store 
Use Game Center 
193

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can 
continue to use iPhone to:
Listen to music and watch videos
 
Listen to visual voicemail previously received 
Check your calendar 
Take or view photos or video (iPhone 4 or later) 
Hear alarms 
Use the stopwatch or timer 
Use the calculator 
Take notes 
Record voice memos 
Use Compass 
Read text messages and email messages stored on iPhone 
If Wi-Fi is available and allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and 
regulations, you can turn Wi-Fi back on and:
Make or receive FaceTime video calls
 
Send and receive email 
Browse the Internet 
Sync your contacts, calendars, and bookmarks (MobileMe only) with MobileMe and  
Microsoft Exchange
Stream YouTube videos 
Get stock quotes 
Get map locations 
Get weather reports 
Use the iTunes Store or the App Store 
Use Game Center 
You may also be allowed to turn on Bluetooth and use Bluetooth devices with iPhone.
Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi settings determine whether iPhone uses local Wi-Fi networks to connect to the 
connects to the Internet via your cellular data network, when available.
52.))/./2/?
Join a Wi-Fi network:  Choose Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPhone detects networks in 
range, then select a network. If necessary, enter a password and tap Join (networks 
that require a password appear with a lock   icon).
194 Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Once you join a Wi-Fi network manually, iPhone automatically joins it whenever the 
network is in range. If more than one previously used network is in range, iPhone joins 
the one last used.
When iPhone is joined to a Wi-Fi network, the Wi-Fi   icon in the status bar at the top 
of the screen shows signal strength. The more bars you see, the stronger the signal.
Set iPhone to ask if you want to join a new network:  Choose Wi-Fi and turn “Ask to 
When you’re trying to access the Internet, by using Safari or Mail for example, and you 
aren’t in range of a Wi-Fi network you‘ve previously used, this option tells iPhone to 
look for another network. iPhone displays a list of all available Wi-Fi networks that you 
can choose from. (Networks that require a password appear with a lock   icon.) If “Ask 
Internet when a previously used network or a cellular data network isn’t available.
Forget a network, so iPhone doesn’t join it:  Choose Wi-Fi and tap   next to a 
network you’ve joined before. Then tap “Forget this Network.”
Join a closed Wi-Fi network:  To join a Wi-Fi network that isn’t shown in the list of 
scanned networks, choose Wi-Fi > Other, then enter the network name. If the network 
requires a password, tap Security, tap the type of security the network uses, and enter 
the password.
You must already know the network name, password, and security type to connect to 
a closed network.
Some Wi-Fi networks may require you to enter or adjust additional settings, such as a 
client ID or static IP address. Ask the network administrator which settings to use.
Adjust settings for connecting to a Wi-Fi network:  Choose Wi-Fi, then tap   next to 
a network.
VPN
Network” on page 198.
Personal Hotspot
On a CDMA model, Personal Hotspot settings are available at the top level of Settings, 
and at General > Network settings. See “Network” on page 198.
This setting appears when you open an application (such as Game Center) that uses 
195
Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
on the app icon on the Home screen.
conserve battery life.
52.!,,./4)=#!4)/.3/./2/?
52.3/5.$3!,%243/2"!$'%3/./2/?&/2!.!00
Carrier
This setting appears when you’re outside of your carrier’s network and other local 
carrier data networks are available to use for your phone calls, visual voicemail, and 
cellular network Internet connections. You can make calls only on carriers that have 
roaming agreements with your carrier. Additional fees may apply. Roaming charges 
may be billed to you by the carrier of the selected network, through your carrier.
For information about out-of-network coverage and how to enable roaming, contact 
your carrier or go to your carrier’s website.
Select a carrier:  Choose Carrier and select the network you want to use.
Once you select a network, iPhone uses only that network. If the network is 
unavailable, “No service” appears on the iPhone screen and you can’t make or receive 
calls or visual voicemail, or connect to the Internet via cellular data network. Set 
Network Settings to Automatic to have iPhone select a network for you.
Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch
Switch between ring and silent mode:  Flip the Ring/Silent switch on the side of 
iPhone.
however, play alarms set using Clock.
Note:  
played even if the Ring/Silent switch is set to silent.
Set whether iPhone vibrates when you get a call:  Choose Sounds. To set whether 
iPhone vibrates in silent mode, turn Vibrate under Silent  
iPhone vibrates in ring mode, turn Vibrate under Ring  
196 Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Adjust the ringer and alerts volume:  Choose Sounds and drag the slider. Or, if 
“Change with Buttons” is turned on, use the volume buttons on the side of iPhone. The 
volume buttons don’t change the ringer and alerts volume if a song or video is playing 
or if you’re on a call.
Allow the volume buttons to change the ringer or alerts volume:  Choose Sounds 
and turn on “Change with Buttons.” 
Set the ringtone:  Choose Sounds > Ringtone.
%44(%!,%24!.$%?%#433/5.$3
that are turned on.
You can set iPhone to play a sound whenever you:
Get a call 
Get a text message 
Get a voicemail message 
Get an email message 
Send an email message 
Have an appointment that you’ve set to alert you 
Lock iPhone 
Type using the keyboard 
Brightness
need to recharge iPhone, or use Auto-Brightness.
Adjust the screen brightness:  Choose Brightness and drag the slider.
Set whether iPhone adjusts screen brightness automatically:  Choose Brightness 
brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor.
Wallpaper
Wallpaper settings let you set an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen. 
On iPhone 3GS or later, you can also set wallpaper for your Home screen. See “Adding 
Wallpaper” on page 36.
General
General settings include network, sharing, security, and other iOS settings. You can also 
197
Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
About
Choose General > About to get information about iPhone, including:
Name of your phone network
 
Number of songs, videos, photos, and apps 
Total storage capacity 
Space available 
Software version 
Carrier 
Model and serial numbers 
Wi-Fi and Bluetooth addresses 
 GSM Models: IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) and ICCID (Integrated 
 CDMA Model:
 
Legal information 
Regulatory information 
Usage
Show battery percentage (iPhone 3GS or later):  Choose General > Usage and turn 
Battery Percentage on.
See your usage statistics:  Choose General > Usage. There, you can see:
Usage—Amount of time iPhone has been awake and in use since the last full 
 
charge. iPhone is awake whenever you’re using it—including making or receiving 
phone calls, using email, sending or receiving text messages, listening to music, 
browsing the web, or using any other iPhone features. iPhone is also awake while 
performing background tasks, such as fetching email messages.
Standby—Amount of time iPhone has been powered on since its last full charge, 
 
including the time iPhone has been asleep.
Current period call time and lifetime call time. 
Amount of data sent and received over the cellular data network. 
Reset your usage statistics:  Choose General > Usage, then tap Reset Statistics to clear 
the data and cumulative time statistics. The statistics for the amount of time iPhone 
has been unlocked and in standby mode aren’t reset.
Network
198 Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
52././2/?(GSM models only.) Choose General > Network, then tap to turn 3G 
Using 3G loads Internet data faster in some cases, but may decrease battery 
extend battery performance.
52.%,,5,!2!4!/./2/?Choose General > Network, then turn Cellular Data on or 
Wi-Fi network. By default, Cellular Data is turned on.
52.!4!/!-).'/./2/?Choose General > Network, then turn Data Roaming on 
Data Roaming turns on Internet and visual voicemail access over a cellular data 
network when you’re in an area not covered by your carrier’s network. For example, 
52..4%2.%4%4(%2).'/./2/?(GSM models only.) Choose General > Network > 
See “Sharing an Internet Connection” on page 24.
52.%23/.!,/430/4/./2/?(CDMA model only.) Choose General > Network > 
See “Sharing an Internet Connection” on page 24.
$$!.%7#/.='52!4)/.Choose General > Network > VPN > Add VPN 
VPNs used within organizations allow you to communicate private information 
access your work email on iPhone.
iPhone can connect to VPNs that use the L2TP, PPTP, or Cisco IPSec protocols. VPN 
works over both Wi-Fi and cellular data network connections.
Ask your network administrator which settings to use. In most cases, if you’ve set up 
VPN on your computer, you can use the same VPN settings for iPhone.
Once you enter VPN settings, a VPN switch appears in the Settings menu that you can 
Connecting to 
the Internet” on page 22.
(!.'%!#/.='52!4)/.Choose General > Network > VPN and tap the 
52././2/?
199
Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
%,%4%!#/.='52!4)/.Choose General > Network > VPN, tap the blue 
Bluetooth
iPhone can connect wirelessly to Bluetooth devices such as headsets, headphones, and 
car kits for music listening and hands-free talking. See “Using a Bluetooth Device for 
Calls” on page 71.
Using an Apple 
” on page 44.
52.,5%4//4(/./2/?
Location Services
Location services lets apps such as Maps, Camera, Compass, and third-party location-
based apps gather and use data indicating your location. The location data collected 
location is determined using available information from cellular network data, local 
Wi-Fi networks (if you have Wi-Fi turned on), and GPS (may not be available in all 
locations).
When an app is using location services,   appears in the status bar.
Every app that uses location services appears in the Location Services settings screen, 
  appears for each 
app that has requested your location within the last 24 hours. You can turn location 
use this feature.
52.,/#!4)/.3%26)#%3/./2/?&/2!,,!003Choose General > Location Services and 
52.,/#!4)/.3%26)#%3/./2/?&/23/-%!003
individual apps.
If you have third-party apps on iPhone that use location services, review the third 
party’s terms and privacy policy to understand how that app uses your location data.
Home Button
Home Button settings (iPhone 3G only) let you specify what happens when you 
double-click the Home button. The “Spotlight Search” settings, described below, are 
also available under Home Button on iPhone 3G.
200 Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Set the action performed when you double-click the Home button:  Choose General 
> Home Button and set the action. You can set double-clicking the Home button to go 
to:
Home screen
 
Search screen 
Phone Favorites 
Camera app 
iPod app 
Set whether double-clicking the Home button shows iPod controls when playing 
music:  Choose General > Home Button, then tap the switch to turn iPod controls on 
Spotlight Search
The Spotlight Search setting lets you specify the content areas searched by Search, 
and rearrange the order of the results.
Set which content areas are searched by Search:
 1  Choose General > Spotlight Search (on iPhone 3G, choose General > Home > Spotlight 
Search).
 2  Tap an item to select or deselect it.
All search categories are selected by default.
Set the order of search result categories: 
 1  Choose General > Spotlight Search (on iPhone 3G, choose General > Home > Spotlight 
Search).
 2 Touch   next to an item, then drag up or down.
Auto-Lock
operation of iPhone. You can still receive calls and text messages, and you can adjust 
the volume and use the mic button on the iPhone earphones when listening to music 
or on a call.
Set the amount of time before iPhone locks:  Choose General > Auto-Lock, then 
choose a time.
Passcode Lock
By default, iPhone doesn’t require you to enter a passcode to unlock it.
On iPhone 3GS or later, setting a passcode enables data protection. See “Security 
Features” on page 53.
201
Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Important:  On iPhone 3GS, you must also restore iOS software to enable data 
protection. See “Restoring iPhone” on page 255.
Set a passcode:  Choose General > Passcode Lock and enter a 4-digit passcode, then 
enter the passcode again to verify it. iPhone then requires you to enter the passcode 
to unlock it or to display the passcode lock settings.
52.0!33#/$%,/#+/?Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and 
Change the passcode:  Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and 
tap Change Passcode. Enter your passcode again, then enter and reenter your new 
passcode.
If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPhone software. See “Updating and 
Restoring iPhone Software” on page 255.
Set how long before your passcode is required:  Choose General > Passcode Lock and 
enter your passcode. Tap Require Passcode, then select how long iPhone can be locked 
before you need to enter a passcode to unlock it.
52.)-0,%!33#/$%/./2/?Choose General > Passcode Lock, then turn Simple 
and use a longer passcode with a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and 
special characters.
52./)#%)!,/./2/?)(/.%/2,!4%2Choose General > Passcode Lock, then 
Erase data after ten failed passcode attempts:  Choose General > Passcode Lock, 
enter your passcode, and tap Erase Data to turn it on.
After ten failed passcode attempts, your settings are reset to their defaults and all your 
information and media are erased:
 On iPhone 3GS or later:  by removing the encryption key to the data (which is 
encrypted using 256-bit AES encryption)
 On iPhone 3G:  by overwriting the data
Important:  You can’t use iPhone while data is being overwritten. This can take up to 
two hours or more, depending on the model and storage capacity of your iPhone. (On 
iPhone 3GS or later, the encryption key is removed immediately.)
Restrictions
You can set restrictions for the use of some apps and for iPod content on iPhone. For 
YouTube access entirely.
Turn on restrictions:
 1  Choose General > Restrictions, then tap Enable Restrictions.
202 Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
2Enter a four-digit passcode. 
3Reenter the passcode.
52./?2%342)#4)/.3Choose General > Restrictions, then enter the passcode. Tap 
Disable Restrictions, then reenter the passcode.
Important:  If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPhone software from 
iTunes. See “Updating and Restoring iPhone Software” on page 255.
Set app restrictions:  Set the restrictions you want by tapping individual controls on or 
its use.
Safari
Safari is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot use 
Safari to browse the web or access web clips. Other third-party apps may allow web 
browsing even if Safari is disabled.
YouTube
YouTube is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen.
Camera
Camera is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot take 
photos.
FaceTime
You cannot make or receive FaceTime video calls (iPhone 4 only).
iTunes
The iTunes Store is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot 
preview, purchase, or download content.
Installing 
Apps
The App Store is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot 
install apps on iPhone.
Deleting 
Apps
You cannot delete apps from iPhone.   doesn’t appear on app icons when you’re 
customizing the Home screen.
Location
The current Location Services settings and the Find My iPhone setting (in MobileMe 
accounts in ”Mail, Contacts, Calendars”) are locked and cannot be changed.
Accounts
The current Mail, Contacts, Calendar settings are locked and you cannot add, modify, or 
delete accounts.
203
Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Restrict purchases within apps:  
allows you to purchase additional content or functionality within apps downloaded 
from the App Store.
Set content restrictions:  Tap Ratings For, then select a country from the list. You can 
then set restrictions using that country’s ratings system for the following categories of 
content:
Music & Podcasts
 
Movies 
TV Shows 
Apps 
In the United States for example, to allow only movies rated PG or below, tap Movies, 
then select PG from the list. 
Content that you restrict won’t appear on iPhone.
Note:  Not all countries or regions have rating systems.
Restrict multiplayer games:  
invitations to play games, or add friends in Game Center.
Restrict adding friends:  
If Multiplayer Games is turned on, you can continue to play with existing friends.
Date and Time
These settings apply to the time shown in the status bar at the top of the screen, and 
in world clocks and calendars.
Set whether iPhone shows 24-hour time or 12-hour time:  Choose General > Date 
countries or regions.)
Set whether iPhone updates the date and time automatically:  Choose General > 
If iPhone is set to update the time automatically, it gets the correct time over the 
cellular network and updates it for the time zone you’re in.
Some carriers don’t support network time in all locations. If you’re traveling, iPhone 
may not be able to automatically set the local time.
Set the date and time manually:  Choose General > Date & Time, then turn Set 
Tap the “Date & Time” button, then tap “Set Date & Time” and enter the date and time.
204 Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Keyboard
52.!54/#!0)4!,):!4)/././2/?
By default, iPhone capitalizes words after you type sentence-ending punctuation or a 
return character.
52.!54/#/22%#4)/././2/?
Normally, if the default keyboard for the language you select has a dictionary, iPhone 
suggests corrections or completed words as you type.
52.30%,,#(%#+).'/./2/?
Spell checking underlines misspelled words in text you type. Tap the underlined word 
to see suggested corrections. Spell checking is on by default.
Set whether caps lock is enabled:  
If caps lock is enabled and you double-tap the Shift   key on the keyboard, all letters 
you type are uppercase. The Shift key turns blue when caps lock is on.
52.4(%;<3(/24#54/./2/?
The “.” shortcut lets you double-tap the space bar to enter a period followed by a space 
when you’re typing. It’s on by default.
Add international keyboards:
 1 
The number of active keyboards appears before the right arrow.
 2 
You can add as many keyboards as you want. To learn about using international 
keyboards, see “” on page 40.
Edit your keyboard list:  
tap Edit and do one of the following:
 To delete a keyboard, tap  , then tap Delete.
 To reorder the list, drag   next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.
Change a keyboard’s layout:  
screen software and external hardware keyboards for each language.
The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard that appears on 
the iPhone screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the layout of an Apple 
205
Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
The Edit User Dictionary setting appears when you have any of the following 
keyboards turned on:
 
Chinese - Traditional (Pinyin) 
Chinese - Traditional (Zhuyin) 
Japanese (Romaji) 
 
Add a word to the dictionary:  
You can have multiple inputs for each word, depending on the keyboards that are 
turned on.
See “” on page 40.
International
country or region.
Set the language for iPhone:  Choose General > International > Language, choose the 
language you want to use, then tap Done.
Set the Voice Control language for iPhone:  Choose General > International > Voice 
Control, then choose the language you want to use (iPhone 3GS or later).
Add international keyboards:
 1 
The number of active keyboards appears next to the right arrow.
 2 
You can add as many keyboards as you want. To learn about using international 
keyboards, see “” on page 40.
Edit your keyboard list:  
and do one of the following:
 To delete a keyboard, tap  , then tap Delete.
 To reorder the list, drag   next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.
Change a keyboard layout:  
and select a keyboard. You can make separate selections for both the on-screen 
software and external hardware keyboards for each language.
The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard that appears on 
the iPhone screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the virtual layout of an 
206 Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Set the date, time, and telephone number formats:  Choose General > International > 
Region Format, and choose your region.
The Region Format also determines the language used for the days and months that 
appear in native iPhone apps.
Set the calendar format:  Choose General > International > Calendar, and choose the 
format.
Accessibility
To turn on accessibility features (iPhone 3GS or later), choose Accessibility and choose 
the features you want. See Chapter 29, “Accessibility,” on page 235.
2/=,%3
Resetting iPhone
Reset all settings:  Choose General > Reset and tap Reset All Settings.
All your preferences and settings are reset. Information (such as contacts and 
Erase all content and settings:  Connect iPhone to your computer or a power adapter. 
Choose General > Reset and tap “Erase All Content and Settings.”
This resets all settings to their defaults and erases all your information and media:
 On iPhone 3GS or later:  by removing the encryption key to the data (which is 
encrypted using 256-bit AES encryption)
 On iPhone 3G:  by overwriting the data
Important:  You can’t use iPhone while data is being overwritten. This can take up to 
two hours or more, depending on the model and storage capacity of your iPhone. (On 
iPhone 3GS or later, the encryption key is removed immediately.)
Reset network settings:  Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Network Settings.
When you reset network settings, your list of previously used networks and VPN 
then back on, disconnecting you from any network you’re on. The Wi-Fi and “Ask to 
Join Networks” settings are left turned on.
Reset the keyboard dictionary:  
Dictionary.
You add words to the keyboard dictionary by rejecting words iPhone suggests as you 
type. Tap a word to reject the correction and add the word to the keyboard dictionary. 
Resetting the keyboard dictionary erases all words you’ve added.
207
Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Reset the Home screen layout:  Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Home Screen 
Layout.
Reset location warnings:  Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Location Warnings.
Location warnings are requests made by apps (such as Camera, Compass, and Maps) 
the app makes a request to use location services. If you tap Cancel in response to the 
request, the request isn’t presented again. To reset the location warnings so that you 
get a request for each app again, tap Reset Location Warnings.
Mail, Contacts, Calendars
services (such as mail, contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes) for iPhone: 
Microsoft Exchange (mail, contacts, and calendars) 
MobileMe (mail, contacts, calendars, bookmarks, notes, and Find My iPhone) 
Google (mail, calendars, and notes) 
Yahoo! (mail, calendars, and notes) 
AOL (mail and notes) 
Other POP and IMAP mail systems 
LDAP or CardDAV accounts for Contacts 
CalDAV or iCalendar (.ics) accounts for Calendars 
Accounts
appear depend on the type of account you’re setting up. Your service provider or 
system administrator should be able to provide the information you need to enter.
For more information, see: 
“ Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts” on page 25
“
 Adding Contacts” on page 219
“ Subscribing to Calendars” on page 120
Change an account’s settings:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” choose an account, 
then make the changes you want.
Changes you make to an account’s settings on iPhone are not synced to your 
the account settings on your computer.
Stop using an account service:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” choose an account, 
208 Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
account service until you turn it back on.
Adjust advanced settings:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” choose an account, 
then do one of the following:
 To set whether drafts, sent messages, and deleted messages are stored on iPhone or 
remotely on your email server (IMAP accounts only), tap Advanced and choose Drafts 
Mailbox, Sent Mailbox, or Deleted Mailbox.
If you store messages on iPhone, you can see them even when iPhone isn’t 
connected to the Internet.
 To set how long before messages are removed permanently from Mail on iPhone, tap 
Advanced and tap Remove, then choose a time: Never, or after one day, one week, or 
one month.
 To adjust email server settings, tap Host Name, User Name, or Password under 
Incoming Mail Server or Outgoing Mail Server. Ask your network administrator or 
Internet service provider for the correct settings.
 To adjust SSL and password settings, tap Advanced. Ask your network administrator or 
Internet service provider for the correct settings.
Delete an account from iPhone:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” choose an 
account, then scroll down and tap Delete Account.
Deleting an account means you can no longer access the account with your iPhone. 
All email and the contacts, calendar, and bookmark information synced with the 
account are removed from iPhone. However, deleting an account doesn’t remove the 
account or its associated information from your computer.
Fetch New Data
and any other push accounts on iPhone. Push accounts deliver new information to 
iPhone whenever new information appears on the server (some delays may occur). 
to conserve battery life.
fetched—that is, iPhone can check with the server and see if new information is 
available. Use the Fetch New Data setting to determine how often data is requested. 
For optimal battery life, don’t fetch too often. 
Turn Push on:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Fetch New Data, then tap to turn 
Push on.
Set the interval to fetch data:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Fetch New Data, 
then choose how often you want to fetch data for all accounts.
To conserve battery life, fetch less frequently.
209
Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Setting Push to OFF (or setting Fetch to Manually on the Fetch New Data screen) 
overrides individual account settings.
Mail
Mail settings, except where noted, apply to all accounts you’ve set up on iPhone.
Set the number of messages shown on iPhone:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > 
Show, then choose a setting.
Choose to see the most recent 25, 50, 75, 100, or 200 messages. To download additional 
messages when you’re in Mail, scroll to the bottom of your inbox and tap Load More 
Messages.
Note:  For Microsoft Exchange accounts, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” and choose 
the Exchange account. Tap “Mail days to sync” and choose the number of days of mail 
you want to sync with the server.
Set how many lines of each message are shown in the message list:  Choose “Mail, 
Contacts, Calendars” > Preview, then choose a setting.
messages in a mailbox and get an idea of what each message is about.
Set a minimum font size for messages:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Minimum 
Font Size, then choose Small, Medium, Large, Extra Large, or Giant.
Set whether iPhone shows To and Cc labels in message lists:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, 
If Show To/Cc Label is on,   or   next to each message in a list indicates whether 
the message was sent directly to you or you received a copy.
%47(%4(%2)(/.%#/.=2-34(!49/57!.44/$%,%4%!-%33!'%Choose “Mail, 
Set whether iPhone automatically loads remote images:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, 
Set whether mail messages are organized by thread:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, 
Set whether iPhone sends you a copy of every message you send:  Choose “Mail, 
Add a signature to your messages:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Signature, 
then type a signature.
You can set iPhone to add a signature—your favorite quote, or your name, title, and 
phone number, for example—to the bottom of every message you send.
Set the default email account:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Default Account, 
then choose an account.
210 Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
This setting determines which of your accounts an email message is sent from when 
you create a message from another iPhone app—for example, when you send a photo 
from Photos or tap the email address of a business in Maps. To send the message from 
Contacts
Set how contacts are sorted:  Choose “Mail Contacts, Calendars,” then under Contacts 
tap Sort Order and do one of the following:
  $$tap First, Last.
  $tap Last, First.
Set how contacts are displayed:  Choose “Mail Contacts, Calendars,” then under 
Contacts tap Display Order and do one of the following:
 $$tap First, Last.
 $tap Last, First.
Import contacts from a SIM card (GSM models only):  Choose “Mail, Contacts, 
Calendars,” then tap Import SIM Contacts.
The contact information on the SIM card is imported to iPhone. If you have Contacts 
enabled for MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, or a CardDAV account, you’re asked to 
choose which account you want to add the SIM contacts to.
Calendars
Set alerts to sound when you receive a meeting invitation:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, 
Calendars,” and under Calendar, tap “New Invitation Alerts” to turn it on.
Set how far back in the past to show your calendar events on iPhone:  Choose “Mail, 
Contacts, Calendars” > Sync, then choose a period of time.
Turn on Calendar time zone support:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Time Zone 
Support, then turn Time Zone Support on. Select a time zone for calendars by tapping 
Time Zone and entering the name of a major city.
When Time Zone Support is on, Calendar displays event dates and times in the time 
in the time zone of your current location as determined by the network time.
Set a default calendar:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” and under Calendar, tap 
Default Calendar to choose the default calendar for new events. This setting appears 
when more than one calendar is synced to iPhone.
Important:  Some carriers don’t support network time in all locations. If you’re traveling, 
iPhone may not display events or sound alerts at the correct local time. To manually 
set the correct time, see “Date and Time” on page 204.
211
Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Notes
The Default Account setting appears when you set up more than one account that 
syncs notes.
Set which account a new note is assigned to:  Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” and 
under Notes, tap Default Account and choose an account.
Phone
password, and other things. Some settings are available only on GSM models, as noted. 
Additional fees may apply. Contact your carrier for pricing and availability.
FaceTime
The FaceTime setting appears on iPhone 4 only.
Activate or deactivate FaceTime:  
phone number will be shared with people you call.
Call Forwarding
Set iPhone to forward your calls (GSM models only):
 1  Choose Phone > Call Forwarding and turn Call Forwarding on.
 2  On the “Forward to” screen, enter the phone number you want calls forwarded to.
FaceTime calls are not forwarded.
For more information about call forwarding, including how to forward calls on a CDMA 
model, see “Call Forwarding” on page 74.
Call Waiting
Activate or deactivate call waiting:  (GSM models only.) Choose Phone > Call Waiting, 
when you’re already on the phone, the call goes to voicemail.
For more information about call waiting, including how to activate or deactivate call 
waiting on a CDMA model, see “Call Waiting” on page 75.
Show My Caller ID
Show or hide your caller ID:  (GSM models only.) Choose Phone > Show My Caller ID, 
For more information about caller ID, including how to show or hide your caller ID on a 
CDMA model, see “Caller ID” on page 75.
212 Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Using iPhone with a Teletype (TTY) Machine
In some countries or regions, Teletype (TTY) machines are used by deaf or hearing-
impaired people to communicate by typing and reading text. You can use iPhone 
with a TTY machine if you have the iPhone TTY Adapter cable, available for purchase 
separately in many countries. Go to www.apple.com/store (may not be available in all 
countries or regions) or check with your local Apple retailer.
Connect iPhone to a TTY machine:  Choose Phone, then turn TTY on. Then connect 
iPhone to your TTY machine using the iPhone TTY Adapter.
For information about using a TTY machine, see the documentation that came with 
the machine.
For information about other accessibility features of iPhone, see 
Chapter 29, “Accessibility,” on page 235.
Calling from Abroad
%4)(/.%4/!$$4(%#/22%#402%=87(%.$)!,).'&2/-!./4(%2#/5.429In Settings, 
tap Phone, then turn International Assist on. This lets you make calls to your home 
country using the numbers in your contacts and favorites lists, without having to add a 
For more information, see “Using iPhone Abroad” on page 77.
Changing Your Voicemail Password
A voicemail password helps prevent others from access your voicemail. You need to 
enter the password only when you’re calling in to get your messages from another 
phone. You won’t need to enter the password when using voicemail on iPhone.
Change your voicemail password:  Choose Phone > Change Voicemail Password.
Locking Your SIM Card
You can lock your SIM card (GSM models only), so it can’t be used without a Personal 
turn it back on again. Some carriers require a SIM PIN in order to use iPhone.
Important:  If you enter the PIN incorrectly three times, you may need to enter a 
documentation or contact your carrier. Some cellular networks may not accept an 
emergency call from iPhone if the SIM card is locked.
52.4(%/./2/?
 1 
 2 
PIN.
Change the PIN for your SIM card:
 1  Choose Phone > SIM PIN.
213
Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 2  Turn SIM PIN on, then tap Change PIN.
 3  Enter your current PIN, then enter your new PIN.
 4 
Accessing Your Carrier’s Services
Depending on your carrier, you may be able to access some of your carrier’s services 
directly from iPhone. For example, you may be able to check your bill balance, call 
directory assistance, or view how many minutes you have left.
Access your carrier’s services:  Choose Phone. Then scroll down and tap the button for 
your carrier’s services.
When you request information such as your bill balance, your carrier may provide the 
for these services.
Safari
Safari settings let you select your Internet search engine, set security options, and for 
developers, turn on debugging.
General
Select a search engine:  Choose Safari > Search Engine and select the search engine 
you want to use.
and passwords you previously entered, or both.
Enable AutoFill:  Choose Safari > AutoFill, then do one of the following:
 To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, then choose My Info and 
select the contact you want to use.
 To use information from names and passwords, turn Names & Passwords on.
When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you 
 To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All.
Security
By default, Safari is set to show features of the web, such as some movies, animation, 
and web apps. You may wish to change security settings to help protect iPhone from 
possible security risks on the Internet.
Change security settings:  Choose Safari, then do one of the following:
 To be warned when visiting potentially fraudulent websites, turn Fraud Warning on.
214 Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Fraud warning protects you from potentially fraudulent Internet sites. When you 
visit a suspicious site, Safari warns you about its suspect nature and doesn’t load the 
page.
 To enable or disable JavaScript, 
JavaScript lets web programmers control elements of the page—for example, a 
page that uses JavaScript might display the current date and time or cause a linked 
page to appear in a pop-up.
 To block or allow pop-ups, 
pop-ups that appear when you close a page or open a page by typing its address. It 
doesn’t block pop-ups that open when you tap a link.
 To set whether Safari accepts cookies, tap Accept Cookies and choose Never, “From 
visited,” or Always.
A cookie is a piece of information that a website puts on iPhone so the website can 
remember you when you visit again. That way, webpages can be customized for you 
based on information you may have provided.
Some pages won’t work correctly unless iPhone is set to accept cookies.
 To clear a database, tap Databases, then tap Edit. Tap   next to a database, then tap 
Delete.
Some web apps use databases to store app information on iPhone.
 To clear the history of webpages you’ve visited, tap Clear History.
 To clear all cookies from Safari, tap Clear Cookies.
 To clear the browser cache, tap Clear Cache.
The browser cache stores the content of pages so the pages open faster the next 
time you visit them. If a page you open doesn’t show new content, clearing the 
cache may help.
Developer
The debug console can help you resolve webpage errors. If it’s turned on, the console 
appears when a webpage error occurs.
52.4(%$%"5'#/.3/,%/./2/?Choose Safari > Developer, and turn Debug 
Messages
Use Messages settings to adjust settings for SMS and MMS messages. 
Note:  The MMS Messaging and Show Subject Field settings don’t appear if MMS isn’t 
supported by your carrier.
Choose whether or not to see a preview of messages on the Home screen:  Choose 
215
Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Choose whether or not to repeat message alerts:  Choose Messages and turn Repeat 
52.-%33!').'/./2/?Choose Messages and turn MMS Messaging on or 
images or audio.
Group messaging (may not be available in all countries and regions) maintains the 
thread of the group when sending texts to multiple recipients.
52.2/50%33!').'/./2/?Choose Messages and turn Group Messaging on or 
Show a subject line for messages you send or receive:  Choose Messages and turn 
Show Subject Field on.
Show a character count for messages you send or receive:  Choose Messages and 
turn Character Count on. The character count includes all characters—including 
spaces, punctuation, and returns—and appears as you type when your message 
exceeds two lines.
iPod
Use iPod Settings to adjust settings for music and video playback on your iPod.
Music
Music settings apply to songs, podcasts, and audiobooks.
52.(!+%4/(5A%/./2/?
the currently playing song.
Set iTunes to play songs at the same sound level:  In iTunes, choose iTunes > 
Preferences if you’re using a Mac, or Edit > Preferences if you’re using a PC. Then click 
Playback and select Sound Check.
Set iPhone to use the iTunes volume settings (Sound Check):  Choose iPod and turn 
Sound Check on.
Use the equalizer to customize the sound on iPhone:  Choose iPod > EQ and choose 
a setting.
Set a volume limit for music and videos:  Choose iPod > Volume Limit and drag the 
slider to adjust the maximum volume.
Tap Lock Volume Limit to assign a code to prevent the setting from being changed.
Setting a volume limit only limits the volume for music (including podcasts and 
audiobooks) and videos (including rented movies and TV shows), and only when 
headphones, earphones, or speakers are connected to the headset jack on iPhone.
216 Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
WARNING:  For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important 
Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Show song lyrics and podcast information:  Choose iPod and turn Lyrics & Podcast 
Info on.
Video
Video settings apply to video content, including rented movies and TV shows. You can 
set where to resume playing videos that you previously started, turn closed captioning 
Set where to resume playing videos:  Choose iPod > Start Playing, then select 
whether you want videos that you previously started watching to resume playing from 
52.#,/3%$#!04)/.).'/./2/?
Note:  Not all video content is encoded for closed captioning.
TV Out
Use these settings to control how iPhone plays videos on your TV.
52.7)$%3#2%%././2/?
Set TV signal to NTSC or PAL:  Choose iPod > TV Signal and select NTSC or PAL.
NTSC and PAL are TV broadcast standards. iPhone displays NTSC 480p/PAL 576p 
when attached to a TV using a Component AV Cable, or NTSC 480i/PAL 576i using a 
Composite AV Cable. Your TV might use NTSC or PAL, depending on where you bought 
it. If you’re not sure which to use, check the documentation that came with your TV.
For more information about using iPhone to play videos on your TV, see “Watching 
Videos on a TV” on page 107.
Photos
Slideshow
Use the Slideshow settings to specify how slideshows display your photos.
Set the length of time each slide is shown:  Choose Photos > Play Each Slide For and 
select the length of time.
%4!42!.3)4)/.%?%#4
Set whether to repeat slideshows:  
Set photos to appear randomly or in order:  
217
Chapter 25    Settings

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
HDR
The HDR setting (iPhone 4 only) lets you choose whether to save the normal-exposure 
photo in addition to the HDR version of a photo when HDR is turned on. See “Taking 
Photos and Recording Videos” on page 130.
Choose whether to save both the normal-exposure version and the HDR version 
of photos:  
If you save both versions,   appears in the upper-left corner of the HDR photo 
when the controls are visible.
Notes
Use Notes settings to change the font used to display your notes, and to set the 
default account for notes you add on iPhone.
Change the font:  Choose Notes, then select the font you want to use.
Set the default account for new notes:  Choose Notes and tap Default Account. Then 
select an account, or tap On My iPhone if you don’t want notes you add on iPhone to 
be synced with an account.
Store
Use Store settings to change or create an Apple ID. By default, the Apple ID you’re 
signed in to when you sync iPhone with your computer appears in Store settings. You 
can change Apple IDs on iPhone to purchase music or apps using another Apple ID. If 
you don’t have an Apple ID, you can create one in Store settings.
Sign in:  Choose Store and tap Sign In, then enter your Apple ID and password.
View your account information:  Choose Store and tap View Apple ID, then type your 
password and follow the onscreen instructions.
)'.).53).'!$)?%2%.400,%Choose Store and tap Sign Out, then tap Sign In 
and enter the Apple ID and password.
Create a new Apple ID:  Choose Store and tap Create New Apple ID, then follow the 
onscreen instructions.
Nike + iPod
Use Nike + iPod settings to activate and adjust settings for the Nike + iPod app 
(iPhone 3GS or later). See Chapter 27, “Nike + iPod,” on page 225.
218 Chapter 25    Settings

Contacts 26
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
About Contacts
Contacts makes it easy to call, email, or text your friends and associates. You can add 
contacts directly on iPhone, or sync contacts from applications on your computer. 
If you have a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account with Contacts enabled, or 
a supported CardDAV account, you can sync your contacts over the air without 
connecting iPhone to your computer.
You can open Contacts from the Home screen, or from the Phone app.
Adding Contacts
You can add contacts to iPhone in the following ways:
In iTunes, sync contacts from Google or Yahoo!, or sync with applications on your 
 
computer (see “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 58)
Set up a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account on iPhone, with Contacts 
 
enabled (see “Setting Up MobileMe Accounts” on page 25 or “Setting Up Microsoft 
Exchange Accounts” on page 26)
 
www.apple.com/iphone/business)
Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account on iPhone
 
Enter contacts directly on iPhone 
Import contacts from a SIM card 
The number of contacts you can add is limited only by the amount of memory on 
iPhone.
Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account:
1In Settings, tap “Mail Contacts, Calendars,” then tap Add Account.
219

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 2  Tap Other, then tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account.
 3  Enter your account information and tap Next to verify the account.
 4 Tap Save.
When you set up an LDAP account, you can view and search for contacts on your 
company or organization’s LDAP server. The server appears as a new group in Contacts. 
Since LDAP contacts aren’t downloaded to iPhone, you must have an Internet 
settings and other requirements (such as VPN).
When you set up a CardDAV account, your account contacts are synced with iPhone 
over the air. If it’s supported, you can also search for contacts on your company or 
organization’s CardDAV server.
Import contacts from another phone’s SIM card:  In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, 
Calendars,” then tap Import SIM Contacts.
The contact information on the SIM card is imported to iPhone. If you have Contacts 
enabled for both MobileMe and Microsoft Exchange, you’re asked to choose which 
account you want to add the SIM contacts to.
Important:  iPhone doesn’t store contacts on its SIM card.
Searching Contacts
a Microsoft Exchange account set up on iPhone, you may also be able to search your 
enterprise Global Address List (GAL) for contacts in your organization. If you have an 
LDAP account set up on iPhone, you can search contacts on your organization’s LDAP 
server. If you have a CardDAV account, you can search contacts synced to iPhone, or 
searchable contacts on a supported CardDAV server. 
contacts with matching information appear immediately.
Search contacts:  
enter your search. (To scroll quickly to the top of the list, tap the status bar.)
Search a GAL:  Tap Groups, tap Directories at the bottom of the list, then enter your 
search.
You can’t edit GAL contacts or save them to iPhone.
Search an LDAP server:  Tap Groups, tap the LDAP server name, then enter your 
search.
You can’t edit LDAP contacts or save them to iPhone.
Search a CardDAV server:  Tap Groups, tap the searchable CardDAV group at the 
bottom of the list, then enter your search.
220 Chapter 26    Contacts

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
You can’t edit searchable CardDAV contacts from the server, but you can edit synced 
CardDAV contacts on iPhone.
Contacts are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on page 47.
Managing Contacts on iPhone
Add a contact on iPhone:  Tap Contacts and tap  .
Delete a contact In Contacts, choose a contact, than tap Edit. Scroll 
down and tap Delete Contact.
Add a contact from the numeric keypad  . 
Tap Create New Contact and enter the caller’s 
information, or tap “Add to Existing Contact” and 
choose a contact.
Enter a pause in a number Tap  , then tap Pause. One or more pauses 
may be required by a phone system before 
dialing an extension, for example. Pauses appear 
as commas when the number is saved.
Enter a hard pause in a number (CDMA model only.) Tap  , then tap Wait. A 
hard pause appears as a semicolon when the 
number is saved. When dialing, iPhone pauses 
when it reaches the semicolon, waiting until you 
tap the Dial button to continue.
Add a recent caller’s phone number to your 
contacts
Tap Recents and tap   next to the number. Then 
tap Create New Contact, or tap “Add to Existing 
Contact” and choose a contact.
Edit contact information:  Choose a contact, then tap Edit.
 Add information:
 Add an address:  Tap   Add New Address.
 $#  Tap   Add Field.
 Change the ringtone for the contact:
 Delete an item:  Tap  , then tap Delete.
create a custom label, scroll to the bottom of the list and tap Add Custom Label.
If you sync contacts from your computer and also over the air, you can link contacts to 
Link a contact:  In edit mode, tap   Link Contact, then choose a contact.
See “” on page 223.
221
Chapter 26    Contacts

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Assign a photo to a contact:
 1  Tap Contacts, then choose a contact.
 2  Tap Edit and tap Add Photo, or tap the existing photo.
 3  Tap Take Photo and take a photo with the camera. Or tap Choose Existing Photo and 
choose a photo.
 4  Drag and scale the photo as desired.
 5  Tap Use Photo (new photo) or Choose (existing photo).
Using Contact Information
You can use the information on a contact’s Info screen to:
Call the contact 
Create an email message in Mail, addressed to the contact 
Open the contact’s home page in Safari 
Find the location of the contact’s address in Maps, and get directions 
Send a text message to the contact 
Share the contact information with others 
Add a phone number for the contact to your favorites list 
Make a FaceTime video call 
Use a contact’s info screen:  Tap Contacts and choose a contact. Then tap an item.
)2)33(%6%"2)3%
!,,
%.$!.%-!),
%.$!3%73-%22!'%
$$!0(/.%
.4-"%13/8/41
&!5/1)3%2,)23
%%!-!0!.$
'%3$)1%#3)/.2
!+%!
!#%)-%
5)$%/#!,,
A star next to a phone number means the number is in your favorites list.   appears 
on the FaceTime button if you’ve ever had a FaceTime call with the contact.
See your own phone number:  Tap Contacts and scroll to the top of the list. (Not 
available in all countries or regions.)
222 Chapter 26    Contacts

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
When you sync contacts with multiple accounts, you might have entries for the same 
person in more than one account. To help keep redundant contacts from appearing 
$ (unless they 
Linked Cards.
View contact information from a source account:  Tap one of the source accounts.
Unlink a contact:  Tap Edit, tap  , then tap Unlink.
Link a contact:  Tap Edit, then tap   and choose a contact.
223
Chapter 26    Contacts

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
the source account remains separate and unchanged. If you change information 
is added to the contact in each source account.
Linked contact information also appears at the bottom of an individual contact’s Info 
other source accounts.
224 Chapter 26    Contacts

Nike + iPod 27
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Activating Nike + iPod
When turned on in Settings, the Nike + iPod app appears on the Home screen 
(iPhone 3GS or later). With a Nike + iPod Sensor (sold separately), the Nike + iPod app 
provides audible feedback on your speed, distance, time elapsed, and calories burned 
during a run or walk. You can send your workout information to nikeplus.com, where 
you can track your progress, set goals, and participate in challenges.
52.)+%)/$/./2/?In Settings, choose Nike + iPod and turn Nike + iPod on or 
See the Nike + iPod documentation for information about setting up and using 
Nike + iPod.
225

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Linking a Sensor
automatically links the sensor with iPhone. You can also use Nike + iPod settings to link 
a sensor with iPhone.
iPod settings to link the new sensor.
Link a sensor to iPhone:
 1  Put the Nike + iPod sensor in your shoe.
 2  In Settings on iPhone, choose Nike + iPod > Sensor.
 3  Tap Link New, then walk around as instructed.
 4  Tap Done when the sensor is linked.
Working Out with Nike + iPod
After activating Nike + iPod and inserting the Nike + iPod Sensor in your Nike+ ready 
shoe, you can use Nike + iPod for your workouts.
Work out using Nike + iPod:
 1  In Nike + iPod on iPhone, tap Workouts, then choose a type of workout. 
 2  Depending on the workout, you may need to set a time, distance, or calorie goal.
 3  Choose a playlist or other audio selection, then start your workout.
 4 
To turn on spoken feedback or set other options, see “Nike + iPod Settings” on 
page 227.
Sending Workouts to Nikeplus.com
to automatically send your workouts to Nike+ when you sync iPhone. Click Send to 
send your current workout to nikeplus.com and set iTunes to automatically send future 
workouts when you sync iPhone with iTunes.
If you click Don’t Send, you can set iTunes to do this later.
Set iTunes to automatically send workouts to nikeplus.com when you sync iPhone 
with iTunes:
 1  Connect iPhone to your computer. 
Make sure your computer is connected to the Internet.
 2  In iTunes, click Nike + iPod at the top of the screen, then select “Automatically send 
workout data to nikeplus.com.”
226 Chapter 27    Nike + iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 3  Click “Visit nikeplus.com” or click Visit in the dialog that appears.
 4  Click Save Your Runs and log in, or register if you haven’t already done so.
Send workout data wirelessly to nikeplus.com from iPhone:
 1  In Nike + iPod on iPhone, tap History.
Make sure iPhone is connected to the Internet.
 2  Tap “Send to Nike+.”
 3  Enter your email address and nikeplus.com account password, then tap “Login to 
Nike +.”
If you don’t already have a nikeplus.com account, tap Join Nike+ to set one up.
To see your workouts on nikeplus.com, log in to your account and follow the onscreen 
instructions.
Calibrating Nike + iPod
You calibrate Nike + iPod using a workout you just completed. You can only calibrate 
workouts of a quarter mile or more.
Calibrate iPhone:  
 1  Run or walk a known distance, then tap End Workout.
 2  Tap Calibrate, then enter the distance and tap Done.
Reset Nike + iPod to the default calibration:  In Settings, choose Nike + iPod, then tap 
Reset Calibration.
Nike + iPod Settings
In Settings, choose Nike + iPod to activate and adjust settings for the Nike + iPod app.
Choose a PowerSong:  Choose PowerSong and select a song from your music library.
52.30/+%.&%%$"!#+/./2/?Choose Spoken Feedback and select a male or 
Set a distance preference:  
measure your workout distance.
Set your weight:  
Set the screen orientation:  Choose Lock Screen, then select a screen orientation 
preference.
Set up the Nike + iPod Sensor:  Choose Sensor, then follow the onscreen instructions 
to set up your sensor (sold separately).
You can use a Nike+ compatible remote (sold separately) to control Nike + iPod 
227
Chapter 27    Nike + iPod

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Set up the Nike + iPod remote:  Choose Remote, then follow the onscreen instructions 
to set up your remote (third-party product sold separately).
Reset Nike + iPod to the default calibration:  Tap Reset Calibration.
228 Chapter 27    Nike + iPod

iBooks 28
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
About iBooks
iBooks is a great way to read and buy books. Download the free iBooks app from 
the App Store, and then get everything from classics to best sellers from the built-in 
iBookstore. Once you download a book, it’s displayed on your bookshelf. 
Add ePub books and PDFs to your bookshelf using iTunes. Then tap a book or PDF to 
start reading. iBooks remembers your location, so you can easily return to where you 
Note:  The iBooks app and the iBookstore may not be available in all languages or 
locations.
."%%(',!"(($+,(*",%."%"%",1"+
+-#,,(!' 
To download the iBooks app and use the iBookstore, you need an Internet connection 
and an Apple account. If you don’t have an Apple account, or if you want to make 
purchases from another Apple account, go to Settings > Store. See “Store” on page 218.
229

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Syncing Books and PDFs
Use iTunes to sync your books and PDFs between iPhone and your computer. When 
iPhone is connected to your computer, the Books pane lets you select which items to 
sync.
You can sync books that you download or purchase from the iBookstore. You can also 
add DRM-free ePub books and PDFs to your iTunes library. There are several websites 
Sync an ePub book or PDF to iPhone:  Download the book or PDF using your 
iPhone to your computer, select the book or PDF in the Books pane in iTunes, and then 
sync iPhone.
If a PDF doesn’t appear in the Books pane, you need to change its type in iTunes. 
Using the iBookstore
In the iBooks app, tap Store to open the iBookstore. From there, you can browse 
a book you like, you can purchase and download it.
Note:  Some features of the iBookstore may not be available in all locations.
Get more information:  In the iBookstore, you can read a summary of the book, read 
or write a review, and download a sample of the book before buying it.
Purchase a book:  Find a book you want, tap the price, then tap Buy Now. Sign in to 
The purchase is charged to your Apple account. If you make additional purchases 
If you’ve already purchased a book and want to download it again, tap Purchases in 
Books that you purchase are synced to your iTunes library the next time you sync 
iPhone with your computer. This provides a backup in case you delete the book from 
iPhone.
230 Chapter 28    iBooks

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Reading Books
Reading a book is easy. Go to the bookshelf and tap the book you want to read. If you 
don’t see the book you’re looking for, tap the name of the current collection at the top 
of the screen to go to other collections.
Turn pages:  
the direction the page turns when you tap the left margin, go to Settings > iBooks.
/4/!30%#)=#0!'%Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls. 
Drag the page navigation control at the bottom of the screen to the desired page, 
then let go.
Go to the table of contents:  Tap near the center of the current page to show the 
controls, then tap  . Tap an entry to jump to that location, or tap Resume to return to 
the current page.
Add or remove a bookmark:  Tap the ribbon button to set a bookmark. You can have 
multiple bookmarks. To remove a bookmark, tap it. You don’t need to set a bookmark 
there when you open the book again.
Add, remove, or edit a highlight:  Touch and hold any word until it’s selected. Use the 
grab points to adjust the selection, then tap Highlight. To remove a highlight, tap the 
highlighted text, then tap Remove Highlight. To change the color of a highlight, tap 
the highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu.
Add, remove, or edit a note:  Touch and hold any word until it’s selected. Use the grab 
points to adjust the selection, then tap Note. Type some text, then tap Done. To view 
a note, tap the indicator in the margin near the highlighted text. To remove a note, 
tap the highlighted text, then tap Delete Note. To change the color of a note, tap the 
highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu.
See all your bookmarks, highlights and notes:  To see the bookmarks, highlights, and 
notes you’ve added, tap  , then tap Bookmarks. To view a note, tap its indicator.
231
Chapter 28    iBooks

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Enlarge an image:  Double-tap the image.
To read a book while lying down, use the portrait orientation lock to prevent 
iPhone from rotating the screen when you rotate iPhone. See “Viewing in Portrait or 
Landscape Orientation” on page 32.
Reading PDFs
You can use iBooks to read PDFs. Go to the bookshelf and tap Collections, select a 
collection, then tap the PDF you want to read.
Turn pages:  Flick left or right.
Enlarge a page:  Pinch to zoom in on the page, then scroll to see the portion you want.
/4/!30%#)=#0!'%Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls. 
Then, in the page navigation controls at the bottom of the page, drag until the desired 
page number appears, or tap a thumbnail to jump to that page.
Add or remove a bookmark:  Tap the ribbon button to set a bookmark. You can have 
multiple bookmarks. To remove a bookmark, tap it.
You don’t need to set a bookmark when you close a PDF, because iBooks remembers 
Go to the table of contents:  Tap near the center of the current page to show the 
controls, then tap  . Tap an entry to jump to that location, or tap Resume to return to 
icon instead to go to that page.
Changing a Book’s Appearance
To change the appearance of a book, access the controls by tapping near the center of 
a page.
Change the font or type size:  Tap  , then in the list that appears, tap   or   to 
reduce or enlarge the type size. To change the font, tap Fonts, then select one from the 
list. Changing the font and size also changes text formatting.
Change the brightness:  Tap  , then adjust the brightness. This setting applies only in 
iBooks.
Change the page and type color:  Tap  , then turn the Sepia option on to change 
the color of the page and type. This setting applies to all books.
iBooks.
232 Chapter 28    iBooks

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Searching Books and PDFs
You can search for the title or author of a book to quickly locate it on the bookshelf. 
other related resources.
Search for a book:  Go to the bookshelf. If necessary, change to the collection that 
you want to search. Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the 
magnifying glass. Enter a word that’s in the title of a book, or the author’s name, then 
tap Search. Matching books appear on the bookshelf.
Search in a book:  Open a book and tap near the center of the page to show the 
controls. Tap the magnifying glass, then enter a search phrase and tap Search. Tap a 
search result to go to that page in the book. 
To send your search to Google or Wikipedia, tap Search Google or Search Wikipedia. 
Safari opens and displays the result.
To quickly search for a word in a book, touch and hold the word, then tap Search.
Look up a word:  Select a word in a book, then tap Dictionary in the menu that 
appears. Dictionaries may not be available for all languages.
Having a Book Read to You
If you have a visual impairment, you can use VoiceOver to read a book aloud. See 
“VoiceOver” on page 236.
Some books may not be compatible with VoiceOver.
Printing or Emailing a PDF
You can use iBooks to send a copy of a PDF via email, or to print all or a portion of the 
PDF to a supported printer.
Email a PDF:  Open the PDF, then tap   and choose Email Document. A new message 
tap Send.
Print a PDF:  Open the PDF, then tap   and choose Print. Select a printer and the page 
range and number of copies, then tap Print. For more information, see “Printing” on 
page 45.
You can only email or print PDFs. These options aren’t available for ePub books.
233
Chapter 28    iBooks

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Organizing the Bookshelf
Use the bookshelf to browse your books and PDFs. You can also organize items into 
collections.
Sort the bookshelf:  Go to the bookshelf and tap the status bar to scroll to the top of 
the screen, then tap   and select a sort method from the choices at the bottom of 
the screen.
Rearrange items on the bookshelf:  Touch and hold a book or PDF, then drag it to a 
new location on the bookshelf.
Delete an item from the bookshelf:  Go to the bookshelf and tap Edit. Tap each book 
or PDF that you want to delete so that a checkmark appears, then tap Delete. When 
it again from Purchases in the iBookstore. If you’ve synced your device with your 
computer, the book also remains in your iTunes Library.
Create, rename, or delete a collection:  Tap the name of the current collection you’re 
viewing, such as Books or PDFs, to display the collections list. Tap New to add a new 
collection. To delete a collection, tap Edit, then tap   and tap Delete. You can’t edit or 
remove the built-in Books and PDFs collections. To edit the name of a collection, tap its 
Move a book or PDF to a collection:  Go to the bookshelf and tap Edit. Tap each book 
or PDF that you want to move so that a checkmark appears, then tap Move and select 
a collection. Items can be in only one collection at a time. When you add a book or 
work and school, for example, or for reference and leisure reading.
View a collection:  Tap the name of the current collection at the top of the screen, 
then pick a new one from the list that appears.
Bookmark and Note Syncing
iBooks saves your bookmarks, notes, and current page information in your Apple 
account, so they’re always up to date and you can read a book seamlessly across 
multiple devices. For PDFs, the bookmarks and current page information are synced.
52."//+-!2+39.#).'/./2/?Go to Settings > iBooks, then turn Sync Bookmarks 
You must have an Internet connection to sync your settings. iBooks syncs information 
for all of your books when you open or quit the app. Information for individual books 
is also synced when you open or close the book.
234 Chapter 28    iBooks

Accessibility 29
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Universal Access Features
In addition to the many features that make iPhone easy to use for everyone, 
accessibility features (iPhone 3GS or later) are designed to make it easier for users with 
visual, auditory, or other physical disabilities to use iPhone. These accessibility features 
include:
VoiceOver
 
Zoom 
Large Text 
White on Black 
Mono Audio 
Speak Auto-text 
Support for braille displays 
With the exception of VoiceOver, these accessibility features work with all iPhone apps, 
including third-party apps you download from the App Store. VoiceOver works with all 
apps that come preinstalled on iPhone, and with many third-party apps.
For more information about iPhone accessibility features, go to www.apple.com/
accessibility.
your computer. 
52.!##%33)"),)49&%!452%3/./2/?).)5.%3
 1  Connect iPhone to your computer.
 2  In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list.
 3 
235

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 4 
Large Text” on 
page 250.
Videos” on page 104.
VoiceOver
VoiceOver describes aloud what appears onscreen, so that you can use iPhone without 
Note:  VoiceOver is available in many languages, but not all.
VoiceOver tells you about each element on the screen as it’s selected. When an 
see the screen) and VoiceOver speaks the name or describes the item. The enclosing 
rectangle is referred to as the VoiceOver cursor. If text is selected, VoiceOver reads the 
text. If a control (such as a button or switch) is selected and Speak Hints is turned on, 
VoiceOver may tell you the action of the item or provide instructions for you—for 
example, “double-tap to open.”
When you go to a new screen, VoiceOver plays a sound and then selects and speaks 
also lets you know when the screen changes to landscape or portrait, and when it is 
locked or unlocked.
Setting Up VoiceOver
Important:  VoiceOver changes the gestures used to control iPhone. Once VoiceOver 
is turned on, you have to use VoiceOver gestures to operate iPhone—even to turn 
236 Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
52./)#%6%2/./2/?In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver and 
Triple-Click 
Home” on page 251.
Note:  You cannot use VoiceOver and Zoom at the same time.
52.30/+%.().43/./2/?In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, 
tell you the action of the item or provide instructions for you—for example, “double-
tap to open.” Speak Hints is turned on by default.
Set the VoiceOver speaking rate:  In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > 
VoiceOver, and adjust the Speaking Rate slider.
Add speaking rate to the rotor:  In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap to 
turn on “Include in Rotor.”
You can choose the kind of feedback you get when you type. You can set VoiceOver to 
speak characters, words, both, or nothing. If you choose to hear both characters and 
words, VoiceOver speaks each character as you type it, then speaks the whole word 
Choose typing feedback:  In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > 
Typing Feedback. You can choose Characters, Words, Characters and Words, or Nothing 
Using an Apple 
” on page 44).
Use phonetics In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > 
VoiceOver, then tap the Use Phonetics switch to 
turn it on.
Use this feature when you type or read character-
by-character, to help make clear which characters 
were spoken. When Use Phonetics is turned on, 
word beginning with the character. For example, 
if you type the character “f,” VoiceOver speaks “f,” 
and then a moment later, “foxtrot.”
Use pitch change In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > 
VoiceOver, then tap the Use Pitch Change switch 
to turn it on.
VoiceOver uses a higher pitch when entering 
a letter, and a lower pitch when deleting a 
letter. VoiceOver also uses a higher pitch when 
or table) and a lower pitch when speaking the 
last item of a group.
language for VoiceOver.
237
Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Set the language for iPhone:  In Settings, choose General > International > Language, 
Local setting. In Settings, choose General > International > Region Format and select 
the format.
Set the language for VoiceOver:  In Settings, choose General > International > Voice 
Control, then choose the language.
If you change the language for iPhone, you may need to reset the language for 
VoiceOver.
Set the rotor options for web browsing:  In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > 
VoiceOver > Web Rotor. Tap to select or deselect options. To change the position of an 
item in the list, touch   next to the item, then drag up or down.
Select the languages available in the Language rotor:  In Settings, choose General 
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Language Rotor and tap to select the language or 
languages you want to appear in the Language rotor. To change the position of a 
language in the list, touch   next to the language and drag up or down.
The Language rotor is always available when you’ve selected more than one language.
VoiceOver Gestures
These and some additional gestures let you move around the screen and control 
individual elements when they’re selected. VoiceOver gestures include two- and 
You can use standard gestures when VoiceOver is turned on, by double-tapping and 
resume.
instead of selecting an item and double-tapping, you can touch and hold an item with 
which works best for you.
If your gestures don’t work, try quicker movements, especially for double-tapping and 
When VoiceOver is turned on, the VoiceOver Practice button appears, which gives you 
a chance to practice VoiceOver gestures before proceeding.
Practice gestures:  In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap 
238 Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If you don’t see the VoiceOver Practice button, make sure VoiceOver is turned on.
Here’s a summary of key VoiceOver gestures:
Navigating and Reading
 Tap:  Speak item.
 Flick right or left:  Select the next or previous item.
 Flick up or down:  Depends on the Rotor Control setting. See “Rotor Control” on 
page 240.
 $  Stop speaking the current item.
 $%  Read all from the top of the screen.
 $%  Read all from the current position.
 $!"
“z”) to dismiss an alert or go back to the previous screen.
 $%  Scroll one page at a time.
 $%  Go to the next or previous page (such as the Home 
screen, Stocks, or Safari).
 $  Speak the scroll status (which page or rows are visible).
 $%
 $%  Select the last element on the screen.
Activating
 Double-tap:  Activate the selected item.
 Triple-tap:  Double-tap an item.
 Split-tap:  An alternative to selecting an item and double-tapping is to touch an item 
 $$!"  
Activate the item.
 Double-tap and hold (1 second) + standard gesture:  Use a standard gesture.
The double-tap and hold gesture tells iPhone to interpret the subsequent gesture as 
 $  Answer or end a call. Play or pause in iPod, YouTube, Voice 
Memos, or Photos. Take a photo (Camera). Start or pause recording in Camera or 
Voice Memos. Start or stop the stopwatch.
 $  Mute or unmute VoiceOver.
 $
239
Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Rotor Control
The rotor control is a virtual dial that you can use to change the results of up and 
Operate the rotor:  
choose between options.
The current setting appears on the screen and is spoken aloud.
text in an email you received, you can use the rotor to switch between hearing text 
browsing a webpage, you can use the rotor setting to hear all the text (either word-by-
word or character-by-character), or to jump from one element to another of a certain 
type, such as headers or links.
The following lists show the available rotor options, depending on the context of what 
you’re doing.
Reading text
Select and hear text by:
Character
 
Word 
Line 
Browsing a webpage
Select and hear text by:
Character 
Word 
Line 
Heading 
Link 
Visited link 
Non-visited link 
In-page link 
Form control 
Table 
240 Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Row (when navigating a table) 
List 
Landmark 
Image 
Static text 
Zoom in or out
Entering text
Move insertion point and hear text by:
Character
 
Word 
Line 
Select edit function
Select language
Using a control (such as the spinner for setting the time in Clock)
Select and hear values by:
Character
 
Word 
Line 
Adjust the value of the control object
Speaking (available only with the Apple Wireless Keyboard)
Adjust VoiceOver speaking by:
Volume
 
Rate 
Typing echo 
Use pitch change 
Use Phonetics 
See “” on page 246.
You can select which rotor options appear for web browsing, and arrange their order. 
See “Setting Up VoiceOver” on page 236.
241
Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Using VoiceOver
Select items on the screen:  
each element as you touch it. You can move systematically from one element to the 
previous element.
 $
 Select the last element on a screen:  
“Tap” a selected item when VoiceOver is turned on:  Double-tap anywhere on the 
screen.
“Double-tap” a selected item when VoiceOver is turned on:  Triple-tap anywhere on 
the screen.
Speak the text of an element, character-by-character or word-by-word:  With 
also speak a word beginning with the character being spoken. See “Setting Up 
VoiceOver” on page 236.
Twist the rotor control to have VoiceOver read word-by-word.
Adjust a slider:  
decrease the setting. VoiceOver announces the setting as you adjust it.
242 Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Scroll a list or area of the screen 
to page down through the list or screen, or 
VoiceOver speaks the range of items displayed 
(for example, “showing rows 5 through 10”).
You can also scroll continuously through a list, 
instead of paging through it. Double-tap and 
hold. When you hear a series of tones, you can 
Continuous scrolling stops when you lift your 
Use a list index Some lists have an alphabetical index along 
the right side. The index cannot be selected by 
index directly to select it. With the index selected, 
down.
Reorder a list Some lists, such as Favorites in Phone, and 
Web Rotor and Language Rotor in Accessibility 
settings can be reordered. Select   on the right 
side of an item, double-tap and hold until you 
hear a sound, then drag up or down. VoiceOver 
speaks the item you’ve moved above or below, 
depending on the direction you’re dragging.
Unlock iPhone:  Select the Unlock switch, then double-tap the screen.
Rearrange the Home screen:  On the Home screen, select the icon you want to move. 
Double-tap and hold the icon, then drag it. VoiceOver speaks the row and column 
position as you drag the icon. Release the icon when it’s in the location you want. You 
can drag additional icons. Drag an item to the left or right edge of the screen to move 
  button.
Mute VoiceOver 
Silent switch to Silent.
If you have an external keyboard connected, you 
can also press the Control key on the keyboard to 
mute or unmute VoiceOver.
Stop speaking an item 
automatically resumes when you select another 
item.
52.4(%3#2%%.#524!)././2/? 
is on, the screen contents are active even though 
243
Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Speak the entire screen from the top 
Speak from the current item to the bottom of 
the screen
You can hear iPhone status information by touching the top of the screen. This 
information can include the time, battery life, Wi-Fi signal strength, and more.
Making Phone Calls with VoiceOver
is established with VoiceOver on, the screen displays the numeric keypad by default, 
instead of showing call options. This makes it easier to use the keypad to respond to a 
menu of options when you reach an automated system.
Display call options:  
double-tap.
Display the numeric keypad again:  
screen and double-tap.
Entering and Editing Text
external keyboard connected to iPhone to enter text.
There are two ways to enter text in VoiceOver—standard typing and “touch” typing. 
With standard typing, you select a key, then double-tap the screen to enter the 
character. With touch typing, you touch to select a key and the character is entered 
more practice than standard typing.
VoiceOver also lets you use the editing features of iPhone to cut, copy, or paste in a 
Enter text:
 1 
You may need to double-tap to bring up the keyboard, if it doesn’t appear 
“double-tap to edit.”
or at the end of the text. Double-tap to move the insertion point to the opposite end. 
VoiceOver tells you the position of the insertion point.
 2  Use the keyboard to type characters: 
244 Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 Standard typing:  
when the character is entered.
 Touch typing:  
you select the key you want. VoiceOver speaks the character for each key as you 
Note:  Touch typing works only for the keys that actually enter text. Use standard 
typing for other keys such as Shift, Delete, and Return.
VoiceOver tells you when it thinks you’ve misspelled a word.
Choose standard or touch typing:  With VoiceOver turned on and a key selected on 
Move the insertion point:  Use the rotor to choose whether you want to move the 
insertion point by character, by word, or by line. By default, VoiceOver moves the 
insertion point character-by-character.
Flick up or down to move the insertion point forward or backward in the text. 
VoiceOver makes a sound when the insertion point moves, and speaks the character 
that the insertion point moves across. 
When moving the insertion point by word, VoiceOver speaks each word as you 
move across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the end of 
the traversed word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. When moving 
backward, the insertion point is placed the end of the word preceding the traversed 
word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. To move the insertion point 
past the punctuation at the end of a word or sentence, use the rotor to switch back to 
character mode.
When moving the insertion point by line, VoiceOver speaks each line as you move 
across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the 
next line (except when you reach the last line of a paragraph, when the insertion point 
is moved to the end of the line just spoken). When moving backward, the insertion 
point is placed at the beginning of the line that’s spoken.
Delete a character:  Select the  , then double-tap or split-tap. You must do this even 
when touch typing. To delete multiple characters, touch and hold the Delete key, 
VoiceOver speaks the character as it’s deleted. If you have Use Pitch Change turned on, 
VoiceOver speaks deleted characters in a lower pitch.
Select text:  
double tap. If you chose Select, the word closest to the insertion point is selected 
when you double-tap. If you chose Select All, the entire text is selected.
245
Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Pinch apart or together to increase or decrease the selection.
Cut, copy, or paste:  
down to choose Cut, Copy, or Paste, then double-tap.
Undo:  
Enter an accented character:  In standard typing mode, select the plain character, 
then double-tap and hold until you hear a sound indicating alternate characters have 
the current selection.
Change the language you’re typing in:  
settings.
Note:  The Language rotor appears only if you select more than one language in the 
VoiceOver Language Rotor setting. See “Setting Up VoiceOver” on page 236.
Controlling VoiceOver Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard
“” on page 44.
The VoiceOver keyboard commands let you navigate the screen, select items, read 
screen contents, adjust the rotor, and perform other VoiceOver actions. All the 
keyboard commands (except one) include Control-Option, abbreviated in the table 
below as “VO.” 
VoiceOver Help speaks keys or keyboard commands as you type them. You can use 
VoiceOver Help to learn the keyboard layout and the actions associated with key 
combinations. 
VoiceOver Keyboard Commands
VO = Control-Option
Read all, starting from the current position VO–A
Read from the top VO–B
Move to the status bar VO–M
Press the Home button VO–H
Select the next or previous item VO–Right Arrow or VO–Left Arrow
Tap an item VO–Space bar
/5",%4!07)4(47/=.'%23 VO–”-”
Choose the next or previous rotor item VO–Up Arrow or VO–Down Arrow
246 Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Choose the next or previous speech rotor item VO–Command–Left Arrow or VO–Command–
Right Arrow
Adjust speech rotor item VO–Command–Up Arrow or VO–Command–
Down Arrow
Mute or unmute VoiceOver VO–S
52.4(%3#2%%.#524!)././2/? VO–Shift-S
Turn on VoiceOver help 
%452.4/4(%02%6)/533#2%%./2452./?
VoiceOver help
Escape
Quick Nav
default.
52.5)#+!6/./2/? Left Arrow–Right Arrow
Select the next or previous item Right Arrow or Left Arrow
%,%#44(%.%84/202%6)/53)4%-30%#)=%$"9
the rotor setting
Up Arrow or Down Arrow
%,%#44(%=234/2,!34)4%- Control–Up Arrow or Control–Down Arrow
"Tap” an item Up Arrow–Down Arrow
Scroll up, down, left, or right Option–Up Arrow, Option–Down Arrow, Option–
Left Arrow, or Option–Right Arrow
Change the rotor Up Arrow–Left Arrow or Up Arrow–Right Arrow
Using Maps
With VoiceOver, you can zoom in or out, select pins, and get information about 
locations.
Zoom in or out:  
in or out.
Select a pin:  
Get information about a location:  With a pin selected, double-tap to display the 
information page.
Editing Videos and Voice Memos
You can use VoiceOver gestures to trim Camera videos and Voice Memo recordings.
247
Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Trim a voice memo:  On the Voice Memos screen, select the button to the right of the 
memo you want to trim, then double-tap. Then select Trim Memo and double-tap. 
to drag to the left. VoiceOver announces the amount of time the current position will 
trim from the recording. To execute the trim, select Trim Voice Memo and double-tap.
Trim a video:  While viewing a video, double-tap the screen to display the video 
position will trim from the recording. To execute the trim, select Trim and double-tap.
Using a Braille Display with VoiceOver
Setting Up a Braille Display
You can use a refreshable Bluetooth braille display to read VoiceOver output in braille. 
In addition, braille displays with input keys and other controls can be used to control 
iPhone when VoiceOver is turned on. iPhone works with many wireless braille displays. 
For a list of supported displays, go to www.apple.com/accessibility.
Set up a braille display:
 1  Turn on the braille display.
 2  On iPhone, turn on Bluetooth.
In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, then tap the Bluetooth switch.
 3  In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then choose the 
braille display.
52.#/.42!#4%$"2!),,%/./2/?In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > 
VoiceOver > Braille, then tap the Contracted Braille switch.
Choosing a Language
The braille display uses the language that’s set for Voice Control. By default, this is 
the language set for iPhone in Settings > International > Language. You can use 
displays.
Set the language for VoiceOver:  In Settings, choose General > International > Voice 
Control, then choose the language.
If you change the language for iPhone, you may need to reset the language for 
VoiceOver and your braille display.
Controlling VoiceOver with Your Braille Display
You can set the leftmost or rightmost cell of your braille display to provide system 
status and other information:
Announcement History contains an unread message
 
The current Announcement History message has not been read 
248 Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
VoiceOver speech is muted 
The iPhone battery is low (less than 20% charge) 
iPhone is in landscape orientation 
 
The current line contains additional text to the left 
The current line contains additional text to the right 
Set the leftmost or rightmost cell to display status information:  In Settings, choose 
General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > Status Cell, then tap Left or Right. 
See an expanded description of the status cell:  On your braille display, press the 
status cell’s router button.
Zoom
double-tap or use the pinch gesture to expand webpage columns in Safari. 
Zoom is also a special accessibility feature that lets you magnify the entire screen of 
any app you’re using, to help you see what’s on the display.
52. //-/./2/?In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > Zoom and tap the 
Note:  You cannot use VoiceOver and Zoom at the same time.
Zoom in or out:  
.#2%!3%-!'.)=#!4)/.
Move around the screen:  
open a new screen, Zoom always goes to the top-middle of the screen.
Using an Apple Wireless 
” on page 44), the screen image follows the insertion point, keeping it in the 
center of the display.
249
Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Large Text
Large Text lets you make the text larger in alerts, and in Calendar, Contacts, Mail, 
Messages, and Notes. You can choose 20-point, 24-point, 32-point, 40-point, 48-point, 
or 56-point text.
Set the text size:  In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, tap Large Text, then tap 
the text size you want.
White on Black
Use White on Black to invert the colors on the iPhone screen, which may make it 
easier to read the screen. When White on Black is turned on, the screen looks like a 
photographic negative.
Invert the screen’s colors:  In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap the 
“White on Black” switch.
Mono Audio
Mono Audio combines the sound of the left and right channels into a mono signal 
played on both sides. This enables users with hearing impairment in one ear to hear 
the entire sound signal with the other ear.
52././5$)//./2/?In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap the 
Mono Audio switch.
Speak Auto-text
Speak Auto-text speaks the text corrections and suggestions iPhone makes when 
you’re typing.
250 Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
52.0%!+54/4%84/./2/?In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap 
the Speak Auto-text switch.
Speak Auto-text also works with VoiceOver or Zoom.
Triple-Click Home
Triple-click Home provides an easy way to turn some of the Accessibility features on 
  button quickly three times. You can set Triple-click 
to:
 
 
 
Set the Triple-click Home function:  In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > 
Triple-click Home and choose the function you want.
Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features
Many iPhone features help make iPhone accessible to all users, including those with 
visual or auditory impairments.
Closed Captioning
You can turn on closed captioning for videos in iPod settings. See “Video” on page 217.
Note:  Not all video content is encoded for closed captioning.
Voice Control
Voice Control (iPhone 3GS or later) lets you make phone calls and control iPod music 
playback by using voice commands. See “Voice Dialing” on page 65, and “Using Voice 
Control with iPod” on page 100.
Large Phone Keypad
Make phone calls simply by tapping entries in your contacts and favorites lists. When 
you need to dial a number, iPhone’s large numeric keypad makes it easy. See “Phone 
Calls” on page 64.
Widescreen Keyboards
Several apps let you rotate iPhone when you’re typing, so you can use a larger 
keyboard:
Mail
 
251
Chapter 29    Accessibility

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Safari 
Messages 
Notes 
Contacts 
Visual Voicemail
The play and pause controls in visual voicemail let you control the playback of 
messages. Drag the playhead on the scrubber bar to repeat a portion of the message 
that’s hard to understand. See “Checking Voicemail” on page 72.
Assignable Ringtones
You can assign distinctive ringtones to individuals in your contacts list for audible 
caller ID. You can purchase ringtones from the iTunes Store on iPhone. See “Purchasing 
Ringtones” on page 172.
Instant Messaging (IM) Chat
The App Store features many Internet Messaging (IM) apps, such as AIM, BeejiveIM, 
ICQ, and Yahoo! Messenger, that are optimized for iPhone.
Minimum Font Size for Mail Messages
To increase readability, set a minimum font size for Mail message text to Large, Extra 
Large, or Giant. See “Mail” on page 210.
TTY Support (Available in Some Areas)
Use iPhone in TTY mode with the iPhone TTY Adapter (available separately) to use 
a Teletype (TTY) machine. See “Using iPhone with a Teletype (TTY) Machine” on 
page 213.
Universal Access in Mac OS X
Take advantage of the Universal Access features in Mac OS X when you use iTunes to 
sync information and content from your iTunes library to iPhone. In the Finder, choose 
Help > Mac Help, then search for “universal access.”
For more information about iPhone and Mac OS X accessibility features, go to www.
apple.com/accessibility.
252 Chapter 29    Accessibility

Support and Other Information A
Appendix
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Apple iPhone Support Site
Comprehensive support information is available online at www.apple.com/support/
iphone. You can also use Express Lane for personalized support (not available in all 
countries or regions). Go to expresslane.apple.com. 
Restarting and Resetting iPhone
If something isn’t working right, try restarting iPhone, force quitting an app, or 
resetting iPhone.
Restart iPhone:  
Force quit an app:  
until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home button until the app quits. On 
iPhone 3GS or later, you can also remove an app from the recents list to force it to quit. 
See “Opening and Switching Apps” on page 29.
Reset iPhone:  
the same time for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears.
Backing Up iPhone
iTunes creates backups of settings, downloaded apps and data, and other information 
on iPhone. You can use a backup to restore these items to your iPhone after a software 
restore or to transfer the information to another iPhone. See “Updating and Restoring 
iPhone Software” on page 255.
253

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Backing up iPhone or restoring from a backup isn’t the same as syncing content and 
other items (such as music, podcasts, ringtones, photos, videos, and apps that you 
download via iTunes) with your iTunes library. Backups include settings, downloaded 
apps and data, and other information on iPhone. After you restore iPhone, you need to 
sync again to get your music, videos, photos, apps, and other content back on iPhone. 
See “Restoring from a Backup” on page 256.
Apps downloaded from the App Store are backed up the next time you sync with 
iTunes. Afterwards, only app data is backed up when you sync with iTunes.
Creating a Backup
iTunes creates a backup of iPhone when you:
Sync with iTunes 
By default, iTunes syncs iPhone each time you connect iPhone to your computer. 
See “Syncing with iTunes” on page 56. iTunes won’t automatically back up an iPhone 
clicking Sync in iTunes. Note that iTunes creates a backup only once each time 
again, iTunes doesn’t create another backup.
Update iPhone
 
with iTunes on that computer.
Restore iPhone (if you choose to back up)
 
iTunes asks if you want to back up iPhone before restoring it.
For more information about backups, including the settings and information stored in 
a backup, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1766.
Removing a Backup
You can remove a backup of iPhone from the list of backups in iTunes. You may want 
to do this, for example, if a backup was created on someone else’s computer.
Remove a backup:
 1  In iTunes, open iTunes Preferences.
 Mac:  Choose iTunes > Preferences.
 Windows:  Choose Edit > Preferences.
 2  Click Devices (iPhone doesn’t need to be connected).
 3  Select the backup you want to remove, then click Delete Backup.
 4 
 5 
254 Appendix A    Support and Other Information

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Updating and Restoring iPhone Software
You can use iTunes to update or restore iPhone software.
 If you update, the iPhone software is updated. Your downloaded apps, settings, and 
Note:  In some cases, an update may also involve restoring iPhone.
 If you restore, the latest version of iPhone software is reinstalled, settings are restored 
to their default, and all data stored on iPhone is deleted, including downloaded 
apps, songs, videos, contacts, photos, calendar information, and any other data. If 
you’ve backed up iPhone with iTunes on your computer, you can restore data from 
the backup at the end of the restore process.
Deleted data is no longer accessible via the iPhone user interface, but it isn’t erased 
from iPhone. For information about erasing all content and settings, see “Resetting 
iPhone” on page 207.
If you use a Bluetooth headset or car kit with iPhone and you restore settings, you 
must pair the Bluetooth device with iPhone again to use it.
For more information about updating and restoring iPhone software, go to support.
apple.com/kb/HT1414.
Updating iPhone
Make sure you have an Internet connection and have installed the latest version of 
iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes.
Update iPhone:  
 1  Connect iPhone to your computer.
 2  In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen.
 3  Click “Check for Update.” iTunes tells you if there’s a newer version of the iPhone 
software available.
 4  Click Update to install the latest version of the software.
Restoring iPhone
Make sure you have an Internet connection and have installed the latest version of 
iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes.
Restore iPhone:  
 1  Connect iPhone to your computer.
 2  In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen.
 3  Click “Check for Update.” iTunes tells you if there’s a newer version of the iPhone 
software available.
255
Appendix A    Support and Other Information

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 4  Click Restore. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the restore process. When 
restoring, it is recommended that you back up iPhone when prompted.
When the iPhone software has been restored, you can either set it up as a new iPhone, 
or restore your music, videos, app data, and other content from a backup.
After you restore from a backup, previous data is no longer accessible through the 
iPhone user interface, but it isn’t erased from iPhone. For information about erasing all 
content and settings, see “Resetting iPhone” on page 207.
Restoring from a Backup
You can restore the settings, app data, and other information from a backup, or use 
this feature to transfer these items to another iPhone. Make sure you have an Internet 
connection and have installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes.
Important:  Restoring from a backup is not the same as restoring iPhone from the 
Summary pane in iTunes. See “Restoring iPhone” on page 255. Restoring from a backup 
does not fully restore iPhone software. Also, restoring iPhone from a backup restores 
all data in the backup, including data for apps. If you choose an old backup, restoring 
from it could replace the app data with data that is not current.
If you restore iPhone from a backup of some other iPhone or iPod touch, some 
passwords and settings may not be restored. (Additional, but still not all, passwords 
and settings may be restored if the backup is encrypted.) For more information about 
the settings and information stored in a backup, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1766.
Restore iPhone from a backup:  
 1  Connect iPhone to the computer you normally sync with.
 2  In iTunes, Control-click iPhone in the Devices list and choose “Restore from Backup” 
from the menu that appears.
 3  Choose the backup that you want to restore from the pop-up menu, then click Restore.
If your backup is encrypted, enter your password.
Safety, Software, and Service Information
This table describes where to get more iPhone-related safety, software, and service 
information.
256 Appendix A    Support and Other Information

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
To learn about Do this
Using iPhone safely See the Important Product Information Guide  at 
www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone for the 
latest safety and regulatory information.
iPhone service and support, tips, forums, and 
Apple software downloads
Go to www.apple.com/support/iphone.
Service and support from your carrier Contact your carrier or go to your carrier’s 
website.
The latest information about iPhone Go to www.apple.com/iphone.
Using iTunes Open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. For 
an online iTunes tutorial (may not be available in 
all countries and regions), go to www.apple.com/
support/itunes.
Creating an Apple ID Go to appleid.apple.com.
MobileMe Go to www.me.com.
Using iPhoto on Mac OS X Open iPhoto and choose Help > iPhoto Help.
Using Address Book on Mac OS X Open Address Book and choose Help > Address 
Book Help.
Using iCal on Mac OS X Open iCal and choose Help > iCal Help.
Microsoft Outlook, Windows Address Book, or 
Adobe Photoshop Elements
See the documentation that came with those 
apps.
Finding your iPhone serial number, 
International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI), 
/2/"),%15)0-%.4$%.4)=%2
(GSM models) or MEID (CDMA model) on the 
iPhone packaging. Or, on iPhone, choose Settings 
> General > About. In iTunes on your computer, 
hold down the Control key and choose Help 
> About iTunes (Windows) or iTunes > About 
iTunes (Mac), then release the Control key. (Press 
the Space bar to pause the scrolling.)
Obtaining warranty service First follow the advice in this guide and online 
resources. Then go to www.apple.com/support 
or see the Important Product Information Guide at 
www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Battery replacement service Go to www.apple.com/support/iphone/service/
battery.
Using iPhone in an Enterprise Environment
Go to www.apple.com/iphone/business to learn more about enterprise features of 
iPhone, including:
Microsoft Exchange
 
 
257
Appendix A    Support and Other Information

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
CalDAV 
CardDAV 
IMAP 
LDAP 
VPN 
Using iPhone with Other Carriers
Some carriers let you unlock iPhone for use with their network. To determine if your 
support.apple.com/kb/HT1937. 
Contact your carrier for authorization and setup information. You’ll need to connect 
iPhone to iTunes to complete the process. Additional fees may apply.
For troubleshooting information, go to support.apple.com/kb/TS3198.
Disposal and Recycling Information
Apple Used Mobile Phone Recycling Program (available in some areas):  For free 
recycling of your old mobile phone, a prepaid shipping label, and instructions, see: 
www.apple.com/recycling
iPhone Disposal and Recycling:  You must dispose of iPhone properly according to 
local laws and regulations. Because iPhone contains electronic components and a 
battery, iPhone must be disposed of separately from household waste. When iPhone 
reaches its end of life, contact local authorities to learn about disposal and recycling 
battery will be removed and recycled in an environmentally friendly manner. For more 
information, see:  www.apple.com/recycling
European Union—Electronics and Battery Disposal Information:  
This symbol means that according to local laws and regulations your product and 
its battery should be recycled separately from household waste. When this product 
reaches its end of life, take it to a collection point designated by local authorities for 
the recycling of electronic equipment. The improper disposal of waste electronic 
recycling of your product and its battery at the time of disposal will help conserve 
natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human 
health and the environment.
258 Appendix A    Support and Other Information

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
For collection and recycling services for iPhone, go to: www.apple.com/recycling/
nationalservices/europe.html
Battery Replacement for iPhone:  The rechargeable battery in iPhone should be 
replaced only by an authorized service provider. For battery replacement services go 
to: www.apple.com/support/iphone/service/battery
Deutschland:  Dieses Gerät enthält Batterien. Bitte nicht in den Hausmüll werfen. 
Entsorgen Sie dieses Gerätes am Ende seines Lebenszyklus entsprechend der 
maßgeblichen gesetzlichen Regelungen.
Nederlands:  Gebruikte batterijen kunnen worden ingeleverd bij de chemokar of in een 
speciale batterijcontainer voor klein chemisch afval (kca) worden gedeponeerd.
Türkiye:    
Taiwan:
 Brazil—Disposal Information:  
Brasil—Informações sobre descarte e reciclagem:  O símbolo indica que este produto 
e/ou sua bateria não devem ser descartadas no lixo doméstico. Quando decidir 
descartar este produto e/ou sua bateria, faça-o de acordo com as leis e diretrizes 
ambientais locais. Para informações sobre o programa de reciclagem da Apple, pontos 
de coleta e telefone de informações, visite www.apple.com/br/environment.
Apple and the Environment
At Apple, we recognize our responsibility to minimize the environmental impacts 
of our operations and products. For more information, go to:  www.apple.com/
environment
iPhone Operating Temperature
If the interior temperature of iPhone exceeds normal operating temperatures, you may 
experience the following as it attempts to regulate its temperature:
iPhone stops charging 
the screen dims 
259
Appendix A    Support and Other Information

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
the cellular signal is weak 
a temperature warning screen appears 
Important:  You cannot use iPhone while the temperature warning screen is displayed, 
except to make an emergency call. If iPhone can’t regulate its internal temperature, 
it goes into a deep sleep mode until it cools. You cannot make an emergency call 
when iPhone is in this mode. Move iPhone to a cooler location and wait a few minutes 
before trying to use iPhone again.
260 Appendix A    Support and Other Information

 Index
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
3G  17, 23
12-hour time  204
24-hour time  204
A
accessibility
features  235
Large Text  250
Mono Audio  250
setting up iPhone using VoiceOver  21
settings  207
Speak Auto-text  250
Triple-click Home  251
TTY machine  213
VoiceOver  236
White on Black  250
Zoom  249
accounts  25, 26, 208
“push”  56, 209
restricting  203
activating iPhone  20
adding a call  67
adjusting brightness  197
Adobe Photoshop  121
Adobe Photoshop Elements  61
airplane mode
settings  193
status icon  17
turning on  193
AirPlay
music playback  97
playing YouTube videos  134
streaming to a TV  107
video playback  105
viewing photos  124
AirPrint  45
See also printing
alarms
deleting  156
setting  155, 156
status icon  18
156
album artwork  101
album tracks  101
alerts
adjusting volume  12, 197
calendar  120
197
voicemail  72
alternate audio language  106
answering calls  50
anti-phishing. See Safari fraud warning
AOL  152
App Store
about  178
browsing  178
deleting applications  181
Genius  179
restricting  203
store account  178, 218
syncing  57
syncing purchased content  183
updating applications  183
verifying purchases  177
Apple ID, creating  21, 26, 173, 174, 181, 185, 218, 257
44
apps  13
deleting  181
opening  29
restricting deletion  203
attachments, email  83
audio
alternate language  106
mono  250
audiobooks, syncing  57
Auto-Brightness  197
AutoFill  92, 214
auto-lock, setting time for  201
AV cables  107, 124
B
backing up iPhone  59
backups
creating  254
removing  254
restoring from  256
Index
261

battery
charging  52
low on power  53
maximizing life  53
replacing  53, 257
status icon  18
birthdays, viewing in Calendar  116
Bluetooth
car kit  18, 51, 200, 255
198
headset  165, 255
pairing devices  51
status  51
status icon  18
200
unpairing device  52
using with Phone  67
bookmarking
map locations  149
webpages  93
YouTube videos  135
bookmarks, syncing  57, 59, 93
books
accessibility  233
annotating  231
brightness  232
233
230
iBooks  229
purchasing  230
reading  231, 232
searching  233
syncing  57, 230
text size  232
braille, display using VoiceOver  248
brightness
adjusting  197
iBooks  232
setting to adjust automatically  197
browse buttons, changing  108
browser cache, clearing  215
browsing
album artwork  100
App Store  178
iTunes Music Store  170
YouTube videos  133
business, using iPhone  257
148
C
cable, Dock Connector to USB  11, 21
cache, clearing browser  215
Calculator  158
159
CalDAV  115
Calendar
about  115
adding an event  117
birthdays  116
CalDAV  115
deleting an event  118
120
searching  117
updating an event  118
views  116
calendars, syncing  57, 59, 115
calibrating Nike + iPod  227
call forwarding  74, 212
call options  66
75, 212
caller ID, hiding or showing  212
Camera
deleting photos  131
exposure  131
131
focus  131
front camera  70, 131
HDR photos  130
main camera  70, 131
restricting  203
seeing photos and videos you’ve taken  131
taking photos  130
upload photos to your computer  132
Cangjie  41
caps lock, enabling  205
car kit  18, 51, 200, 255
CardDAV  219
carrier services  214
Cc  210
cell signal, status icon  17
cellular network  23
charging battery  52
Chinese keyboard  41, 43
cleaning iPhone  55
clearing playlists  104
clocks, adding  155
217
Compass
current coordinates  162
heading  162
True and Magnetic North  162
Component AV Cable  107, 124
Composite AV Cable  107, 124
computer requirements  19
conference calls  68
connecting to Internet  22
contacts
adding and editing  221
adding from Maps  149
adding from text messages  114
assigning photo to  127
CardDAV  219
Index
262

favorite  74
GAL (Global Address List)  85, 220
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access 
Protocol)  220
seeing info from Phone  67
seeing location of  142
send info by email  86
setting how displayed  211
setting how sorted  211
syncing  56, 57, 59, 219
using to call someone  64
using to make a FaceTime video call  69
Yahoo! Address Book  59
controls, using  29
converting, videos  107
cookies  215
copying
images  125
photos and videos in MMS messages  112
text  39
Cover Flow  100
current approximate location  146, 162
cutting and pasting text  39
D
data protection  54, 201
data roaming  77
data, erasing  25, 54, 202, 207
date and time, setting  204
date format  207
debug console  215
declining calls  66
deleting
alarms  156
all content and settings  54, 207
apps  181
clocks  155
contacts  221
contacts from Favorites  74
email account  209
email messages  86
notes  153
photos  131
playlists  104
removing  254
songs from a playlist  104
videos  108
YouTube playlists  137
YouTube videos from a playlist  137
developer settings  215
dialing a phone number  64
dictionary  43
directions, getting  146
disconnecting iPhone from computer  21
Dock Connector  164
Dock Connector to USB cable  11, 21
downloading
applications  181
podcasts  175
E
earphones
about  11, 50
center button  11, 65, 66, 67, 97, 100, 105
See also headset
EDGE  22
editing
playlists  104
text  39
text conversations  113
text using VoiceOver  244
videos  132
197
emergency calls  71
Emoji  41
ending calls  50
enterprise, using iPhone in  257
ePub books  230
equalizer  216, 217
erasing data  25, 54, 202, 207
Exchange. See Microsoft Exchange
exposure  131
external keyboards  44
F
facemarks  41
FaceTime  68, 222
calling someone you've texted  113
restricting  203
saving as favorite  74
212
favorites  222
calling a contact from  64, 74
managing  74
sending text messages  111
Fetch New Data  209
83
60
Find My iPhone  25, 55
131
focus  131
folders, Home screen  33
force quitting an application  55, 253
formats
date, time, and telephone number  207
forwarding messages  86
G
GAL (Global Address List)  85, 220
Game Center
about  184
Index 263

account information  191
achievements  188
downloading games  185
friends  189
inviting friends  186
leaderboards  187
playing games  186
recently played games  188
restricting friend requests  204
restricting multiplayer games  204
setting up  184
status information  191
Genius Mixes  96, 102
Genius playlists  62, 98, 102
Genius, App Store  179
gestures, VoiceOver  238
getting help  256
getting started  19
Google  152
Contacts  59
searching the web  92
GPRS  22
GPS  143
grab points  39
H
hands-free phone calls  67, 200
hardware keyboards  44
HDR photos  130, 218
headset
center button  131, 134, 165
using with Voice Memos  164
See also earphones
headset button. See mic button
help, getting  256
hold, putting calls on  67
Home button, double-click settings  200
Home screen  12, 29
adding web clips  94
customizing  33
folders  33
wallpaper  36, 128, 197
hybrid view  145
I
iBooks  229
iBookstore  229
iCal  59, 257
ICCID number  198
icons
application  13
status  16
images
copying  125
pasting  126
IMAP
accounts  79, 152
searching email  87
IMEI number  198, 257
installing, applications from the App Store  181
international keyboards  40, 205, 206
Internet, connecting to  22
iPhoto  61, 257
iPod
changing browse buttons  108
converting videos for iPhone  107
deleting videos  108
Genius Mixes  102
Genius playlists  102
headset controls  50
on-the-go playlists  137
playing songs using Voice Control  100
playlists  104
98
searching  102, 106
settings  216
96, 216
sleep timer  108
iTunes Store
about  169
account  19, 169, 174, 178, 218
browsing  170
checking download status  175
purchasing ringtones  172
purchasing songs and albums  173
restricting  203
streaming or downloading podcasts  175
syncing purchased content  176
verifying purchases  177
iTunes U, syncing  57, 60
iTunes
getting help  257
settings panes  58
J
Japanese keyboard  41, 43
K
41
kaomoji (facemarks)  41
keyboards
44
Emoji  41
external  243
hardware  44
international  40
layouts  44
switching  40
switching languages  44
typing on  37
keypad
adding a contact from  221
Index
264

dialing manually  64, 251
displaying by default with VoiceOver  244
entering information during a call  67
making an emergency call  71
pasting a number to  65
41
L
languages, switching keyboard  44
Large Text  250
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)  220
131
links
in email  82
on webpages  90
location. See Maps
location services
resetting location warnings  208
restricting  203
settings  200
status icon  18, 143
using with Camera  129
using with Compass  161
using with Maps  141
location warnings  208
Lock screen wallpaper  36, 128, 197
locking iPhone  11, 12, 17
lyrics, displaying  97
M
Mac system requirements  19
magnetic north  161
Mail
account setup  79, 208
attachments  83
Cc  210
checking for new messages  79, 86
deleting email account  209
deleting messages  86
forwarding messages  86
links  82
load additional messages  81
marking messages as unread  81
opening drafts  85
organizing email  87
password settings  209
printing messages and attachments  84
reading messages  80
replying to messages  86
resizing text column  81
saving drafts  85
searching  87
seeing recipients  81
sending email to someone you’ve texted  113
sending messages  84
sending photos and videos  85
sending webpage URL via email  91
sending YouTube video links  135
settings  208, 209
sharing contact information  86
signatures  210
storing email on iPhone or server  209
syncing email account settings  57
Yahoo! email account  56
zooming in a message  81
Maps
adding location to a contact  149
bookmarking location  149
current approximate location  143, 146
dropped pin  144
142
148
getting directions  146
GPS  143
hybrid view  145
satellite view  145
seeing location of a contact  142
sharing a location  149
147
zooming  142
MEID number  198, 257
Messages
contacting someone you’ve texted  113
editing conversations  113
following links in messages  114
previews  114
replying to messages  111
saving a photo or video clip  112
saving conversations  111
sending a photo or video clip  112, 113
sending messages  110
sending messages to a group  111
setting alert sounds  114
settings  215
show earlier messages  111
mic button  50
microphone
about  50
built-in  164
muting  67
microphone, external  164
Microsoft Exchange  85, 219
push accounts  56
searching email  87
setting up account  26
syncing  26, 115
Microsoft Internet Explorer  59, 93
Microsoft Outlook  59, 60, 152
missed calls
number of  72
returning  64
MMS  110, 121, 143, 149, 167, 215
Index 265

See also Messages
MobileMe  25, 152, 219
getting help  257
push accounts  56
searching email  87
security features  25, 55
sending photos to a gallery  126
setting up account  26
syncing  93, 115
model number  198
198
Mono Audio  250
movies
rented  60, 106, 108
syncing  57
music
lyrics  97
managing manually  59
previewing  173
purchasing  173
searching  102
syncing  57, 60
See also iPod
music videos, syncing  57
muting a call  67, 70
N
navigating. See panning, scrolling
network activity
status icon  17
networks  194
Nike + iPod
activating  225
calibrating  227
linking a sensor  226
sending workouts to nikeplus.com  226
settings  218, 227
working out with  226
nikeplus.com  226
north, true and magnetic  161
Notes  153
searching  154
syncing  57, 152
NTSC  217
numeric keypad
adding a contact from  221
dialing manually  64, 251
displaying by default with VoiceOver  244
entering information during a call  67
making an emergency call  71
pasting a number to  65
O
12, 131
opening apps  29
orientation, changing  89
Outlook Express. See Windows Address Book
Outlook. See Microsoft Outlook
overview, iPhone applications  13
P
pairing with Bluetooth headset  51
PAL  217
panning
maps  142
webpages  90
parental controls. See Restrictions
passcode  201
password, changing voicemail  213
pasting
images  126
photos and videos in MMS messages  112
text  39
pausing songs and videos  50
PC system requirements  19
PDF books  230
phone network name  198
Phone
adding and editing contacts  221
adding calls  67
answering calls  50, 66
call waiting  75, 212
calling internationally  77
calling someone you’ve texted  113
carrier services  214
changing voicemail password  213
conference calls  68
declining calls  50, 66
emergency calls  71
ending calls  50, 67
FaceTime video calls  68, 203
forwarding calls  74, 212
hands-free  67
hiding or showing caller ID  212
locking SIM card  213
making calls  64
missed calls  72
muting calls  67, 70
putting calls on hold  67
ring mode  76
second calls  67
setting up voicemail  72
settings  212
silencing calls  66
silent mode  76
switching between calls  50, 67
turning on vibrate  76
unpairing Bluetooth device  52
using Bluetooth devices  67
using favorites  74
using speakerphone  67
using TTY machine  213
Index
266

video calls  203, 212
voice dialing  65
voicemail  72
voicemail alerts  72
photo albums  124
photos
assigning to contacts  127
emailing  125
printing  127
saving MMS attachments  112
sending in email messages  85
sending in MMS messages  112
syncing  57, 61, 121
taking  130
using as wallpaper  36, 128, 197
Photos
playing music during slideshow  124
settings  124, 217
viewing slideshows  124
zooming photos  123
See also Camera
pictures. See Camera, Photos
PIN number  213
Pinyin  41, 43
playlist folders  60, 96
playlists  104
podcasts
downloading  175
streaming  175
syncing  57, 60
pop-ups  215
power adapter  11
power, low  53
previewing
music  173
ringtones  172
text messages  114
videos  174
print
AirPrint printers  45
Print Center  46
printing
cancelling  46
email messages and attachments  84
overview  45
photos  127
setting up  45
status  46
webpages  92
207
purchased content, syncing  176, 183
purchasing
applications  178
music  169, 173
ringtones  172
videos  174
push accounts  56, 209
R
reading email  80
recent calls  64
rechargeable batteries  53
removing backups  254
renting,movies and TV shows  60, 106, 108, 174
repeating songs  98
replacing battery  53, 257
replying to messages  86
requirements for using iPhone  19
resetting iPhone  55, 253
resizing webpage columns  90
restarting  55, 253
restoring iPhone software  255
restoring settings and information  256
restrictions, setting  202
ring mode  13, 76, 196
ringer
adjusting volume  12, 197
196
Ring/Silent switch  13, 76
ringtones
previewing  172
purchasing  172
setting  76, 197
syncing  57
roaming  77
Romaji  43
rotor control  240
S
Safari
AutoFill  92, 214
bookmarking webpages  93
clearing cache  215
cookies  215
creating a new or adding to an existing 
contact  91
creating a preaddressed Mail message  91
Debug Console  215
developer settings  215
fraud warning  215
Home screen web clips  94
navigating  90
opening webpages  89, 91
pop-ups  215
printing webpages  92
reloading webpages  90
90
restricting  203
saving images to your Photo Library  91
searching  92
security  214
settings  214
Index 267

stopping webpages from loading  90
syncing bookmarks  57, 59
91
zooming webpages  90
satellite view  145
screen  197
setting to adjust automatically  197
using  29
screen reader  21
screenshot, taking a  131
scrolling
about  30
maps  142
webpages  90
search engine  214
searching
App Store  178
audio content  102
calendars  117
global  47
iTunes Music Store  170
Mail messages  87
notes  154
Spotlight Search setting  201
video content  106
webpage text  92
Wikipeida  47
YouTube videos  134
security
erase data after ten failed passcode attempts  202
features  53
Find My iPhone  25, 55
setting passcode for iPhone  201
web  214
selecting text  39
sending
email  84
photos and video clips  112
photos from Photos  125
text messages  110
voice memos  113
sensor, Nike + iPod  226
198, 257
service and support information  257
settings
accessibility  207
accounts  208
airplane mode  193
alarms  155
alerts  114, 120
auto-capitalization  205
auto-correction  39, 205
auto-lock  201
Bluetooth  200
brightness  197
Calendar  116, 120
date and time  116, 204
developer  215
email server  209
Fetch New Data  209
HDR photos  218
Home button  200
international  206
iPod  216
keyboard  205
language  206
location services  200
Mail, Contacts, Calendars  208
Mail  208
messages  215
Nike + iPod  218, 227
195
passcode lock  201
Phone  212
Photos  124, 217
207
resetting  207
restrictions  202
Safari  92, 214
screen brightness  197
search  201
security  214
216
slideshow  124
sound  114, 120
Store  218
temperature  151
TV out  217
usage statistics  198
vibrate  76
video  217
VoiceOver  235
VPN  199
wallpaper  36, 197
Wi-Fi  194
96, 216
sharing photos and videos
in email messages  85
in MMS messages  112
98
signatures, email  210
silencing calls  66
silent mode  13, 76, 196
SIM card, locking  213
42
sleep. See locking iPhone
sleep timer  108
slideshows  124
settings  217
SMS  110
See also Messages
software
Index
268

getting help  257
updating and restoring  255
version  198
sound
adjusting ringer and alerts volume  197
adjusting volume  12, 50
calendar alert  120
setting limit  216
setting ringtone  197
197
Sound Check  216
12
Speak Auto-text  250
speakerphone  67
spell checking  38
Spotlight Search settings  201
SSL  209
star next to a phone number  222
Starbucks, browsing and purchasing music  170
status icons  16
stock information, Yahoo!  140
Stocks, adding and deleting quotes  139
stopwatch, using  156
storage capacity  198
Store, settings  218
streaming podcasts  175
subtitles  106
89
switching between calls  67
switching between cameras  70, 131
syncing
calendars  115
getting calls during  21
Google Contacts  59
iTunes library contents  57
Microsoft Exchange  26, 115
MobileMe  25, 26, 115
notes  152
photos  121
preventing  61
purchased songs  176
“Sync in progress” message  21
voice memos  167
webpage bookmarks  93
system requirements  19
T
taking photos  130
telephone. See Phone
telephone number format  207
44
text
cutting or copying  39
entering and editing using VoiceOver  244
increasing size  250
pasting  39
typing  37
typing in webpages  91
text messaging. See Messages
time format  207
time zone support  116, 120, 204, 211
time, setting  204
timer
setting  156
sleep  156
touchscreen, using  29
Traditional Chinese  42
147
transferring
60
purchased content  62, 176, 183
settings and information  253, 256
217
trimming videos  132
Triple-click Home setting  251
troubleshooting
backing up  253
restarting  55, 253
software update and restore  255
true north  161
TTY machine, using  213
11
TV shows
rented  60, 106, 108
TV shows, syncing  57
TV signal settings  217
TV, viewing content on  107, 124
typing
facemarks  41
international keyboards  40
keyboard  37
spell checking  38
91
word substitution  43
U
undoing edits  40
unlocking iPhone  12
unpairing Bluetooth device  52
unread messages, marking  81
updating iPhone software  255
usage statistics
battery percentage  198
resetting  198
seeing  198
USB
cable  11, 21
port  21
power adapter  11
user dictionary  43
Index 269

V
vibrate, setting  76, 196
video calls  68, 222
restricting  203
212
video settings  217
videos
alternate audio language  106
converting for iPhone  107
deleting  108
editing  132
previewing  174
purchasing  174
saving MMS attachments  112
searching  106
sending in MMS messages  112
subtitles  106
syncing  57, 60
trimming  132
watching on a TV  107
See also iPod, Music, YouTube
Vietnamese keyboard  43
virtual private network. See VPN
Voice Control
making a FaceTime call  69
making phone calls  48, 65
playing songs  48, 100
using with headset  50
Voice Memos
attaching to MMS messages  167
emailing  167
recording  164
syncing  167
trimming  166
voicemail
about  72
alerts  72
changing password  213
checking and managing  72
greeting  72
setting up  72
VoiceOver
about  236
braille displays  248
entering and editing text  244
gestures  238
rotor control  240
setting up iPhone using  21
volume
adjusting  12, 50
adjusting for ringer and alerts  197
setting limit  216
VPN
accessing networks using  24
199
199
W
waking iPhone  12
wallpaper  36, 128, 197
warranty service  257
watching videos on a TV  107
weather information, Yahoo!  151
Weather
adding cities  150
deleting cities  151
temperature settings  151
viewing  150
web. See Safari
web clips, adding to Home screen  94
webpages
bookmarking  93
syncing  57, 59
White on Black  250
Wi-Fi
addresses  198
forgetting a network  195
joining networks  22, 194
settings  194
status icon  17
194
Wikipedia, searching  47
Windows Address Book  59
Windows system requirements  19
“Works with iPhone” logo  164
World Clock  155
Wubi Hua  42
Y
Yahoo!  152
Address Book  59
search using  92
stock information  140
weather information  151
Yomi  44
YouTube
bookmarking videos  135
browsing videos  133
emailing links  135
playing videos  134
restricting  203
searching for videos  134
Z
Zhuyin  42, 43
Zoom (accessibility feature)  249
zooming
camera  131
email messages  81
maps  142
photos  123
webpages  90
Index
270
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 %Apple Inc.
© 2010 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Apple, the Apple logo, AirPlay, Apple TV, Cover Flow, 
FaceTime, iBooks, iCal, iPhone, iPhoto, iPod, iTunes, 
QuickTime, Safari, Spotlight, and the Works with iPhone 
logo are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. 
and other countries.
AirPrint, Finder, iPad, the Made for iPhone logo, Multi-
Apple Store and iTunes Store are service marks of Apple 
Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
App Store and MobileMe are service marks of Apple Inc.
IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in 
the U.S. and other countries and is used under license.
of U.S. patent numbers 6,018,705, 6,052,654, 6,493,652, 
6,298,314, 6,611,789, 6,876,947, and 6,882,955, either 
alone or when used in combination with a Nike + iPod 
enabled iPod media player or iPhone 3GS or later.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered 
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of 
such marks by Apple Inc. is under license.
Adobe and Photoshop are trademarks or registered 
trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the U.S. 
and/or other countries.
Other company and product names mentioned herein 
may be trademarks of their respective companies.
Mention of third-party products is for informational 
purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement 
nor a recommendation. Apple assumes no responsibility 
with regard to the performance or use of these 
products. All understandings, agreements, or warranties, 
if any, take place directly between the vendors and the 
that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is 
not responsible for printing or clerical errors.
019-1930/2010-11